MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 25: read word by word, with audio

Juz 25 of 30 · begins with ۞ إِلَيْهِ يُرَدُّ عِلْمُ ٱلسَّاعَةِ ۚ · 246 verses

It covers Surah Fussilat verses 47–54, Surah Ash-Shuraa verses 1–53, Surah Az-Zukhruf verses 1–89, Surah Ad-Dukhan verses 1–59 and Surah Al-Jathiyah verses 1–37. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Fussilat 47 · Ash-Shuraa 1 · Az-Zukhruf 1 · Ad-Dukhan 1 · Al-Jathiyah 1

Surah Fussilat فصلت verses 47–54

Verse 47

۞ إِلَيْهِ يُرَدُّ عِلْمُ ٱلسَّاعَةِ ۚ وَمَا تَخْرُجُ مِن ثَمَرَٰتٍ مِّنْ أَكْمَامِهَا وَمَا تَحْمِلُ مِنْ أُنثَىٰ وَلَا تَضَعُ إِلَّا بِعِلْمِهِۦ ۚ وَيَوْمَ يُنَادِيهِمْ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآءِى قَالُوٓا۟ ءَاذَنَّـٰكَ مَا مِنَّا مِن شَهِيدٍ

Transliteration ilayhi yuraddu ʿil'mu l-sāʿati wamā takhruju min thamarātin min akmāmihā wamā taḥmilu min unthā walā taḍaʿu illā biʿil'mihi wayawma yunādīhim ayna shurakāī qālū ādhannāka mā minnā min shahīdin

English To Him [alone] is attributed knowledge of the Hour. And fruits emerge not from their coverings nor does a female conceive or give birth except with His knowledge. And the Day He will call to them, "Where are My 'partners'?" they will say, "We announce to You that there is [no longer] among us any witness [to that]."

  1. ۞ إِلَيْهِilayhiTo Him
  2. يُرَدُّyuradduis referred
  3. عِلْمُʿil'mu(the) knowledge
  4. ٱلسَّاعَةِ ۚl-sāʿati(of) the Hour
  5. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  6. تَخْرُجُtakhrujucomes out
  7. مِنminany
  8. ثَمَرَٰتٍۢthamarātinfruits
  9. مِّنْminfrom
  10. أَكْمَامِهَاakmāmihātheir coverings
  11. وَمَاwamāand not
  12. تَحْمِلُtaḥmilubears
  13. مِنْminany
  14. أُنثَىٰunthāfemale
  15. وَلَاwalāand not
  16. تَضَعُtaḍaʿugives birth
  17. إِلَّاillāexcept
  18. بِعِلْمِهِۦ ۚbiʿil'mihiwith His knowledge
  19. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  20. يُنَادِيهِمْyunādīhimHe will call them
  21. أَيْنَaynaWhere (are)
  22. شُرَكَآءِىshurakāīMy partners
  23. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey will say
  24. ءَاذَنَّـٰكَādhannākaWe announce (to) You
  25. مَاmānot
  26. مِنَّاminnāamong us
  27. مِنminany
  28. شَهِيدٍۢshahīdinwitness

Verse 48

وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَدْعُونَ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَظَنُّوا۟ مَا لَهُم مِّن مَّحِيصٍ

Transliteration waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yadʿūna min qablu waẓannū mā lahum min maḥīṣin

English And lost from them will be those they were invoking before, and they will be certain that they have no place of escape.

  1. وَضَلَّwaḍallaAnd lost
  2. عَنْهُمʿanhumfrom them
  3. مَّاmāwhat
  4. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  5. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnainvoking
  6. مِنminbefore
  7. قَبْلُ ۖqablubefore
  8. وَظَنُّوا۟waẓannūand they (will) be certain
  9. مَاmā(that) not
  10. لَهُمlahumfor them
  11. مِّنminany
  12. مَّحِيصٍۢmaḥīṣinplace of escape

Verse 49

لَّا يَسْـَٔمُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ مِن دُعَآءِ ٱلْخَيْرِ وَإِن مَّسَّهُ ٱلشَّرُّ فَيَـُٔوسٌ قَنُوطٌ

Transliteration lā yasamu l-insānu min duʿāi l-khayri wa-in massahu l-sharu fayaūsun qanūṭun

English Man is not weary of supplication for good [things], but if evil touches him, he is hopeless and despairing.

  1. لَّاlā(Does) not
  2. يَسْـَٔمُyasamuget tired
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuman
  4. مِنminof
  5. دُعَآءِduʿāipraying
  6. ٱلْخَيْرِl-khayri(for) the good
  7. وَإِنwa-inbut if
  8. مَّسَّهُmassahutouches him
  9. ٱلشَّرُّl-sharuthe evil
  10. فَيَـُٔوسٌۭfayaūsunthen he gives up hope
  11. قَنُوطٌۭqanūṭun(and) despairs

Verse 50

وَلَئِنْ أَذَقْنَـٰهُ رَحْمَةً مِّنَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِ ضَرَّآءَ مَسَّتْهُ لَيَقُولَنَّ هَـٰذَا لِى وَمَآ أَظُنُّ ٱلسَّاعَةَ قَآئِمَةً وَلَئِن رُّجِعْتُ إِلَىٰ رَبِّىٓ إِنَّ لِى عِندَهُۥ لَلْحُسْنَىٰ ۚ فَلَنُنَبِّئَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِمَا عَمِلُوا۟ وَلَنُذِيقَنَّهُم مِّنْ عَذَابٍ غَلِيظٍ

Transliteration wala-in adhaqnāhu raḥmatan minnā min baʿdi ḍarrāa massathu layaqūlanna hādhā lī wamā aẓunnu l-sāʿata qāimatan wala-in rujiʿ'tu ilā rabbī inna lī ʿindahu lalḥus'nā falanunabbi-anna alladhīna kafarū bimā ʿamilū walanudhīqannahum min ʿadhābin ghalīẓin

English And if We let him taste mercy from Us after an adversity which has touched him, he will surely say, "This is [due] to me, and I do not think the Hour will occur; and [even] if I should be returned to my Lord, indeed, for me there will be with Him the best." But We will surely inform those who disbelieved about what they did, and We will surely make them taste a massive punishment.

  1. وَلَئِنْwala-inAnd verily, if
  2. أَذَقْنَـٰهُadhaqnāhuWe let him taste
  3. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatanmercy
  4. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  5. مِنۢminafter
  6. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  7. ضَرَّآءَḍarrāaan adversity
  8. مَسَّتْهُmassathu(has) touched him
  9. لَيَقُولَنَّlayaqūlannahe will surely say
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is)
  11. لِىlī(due) to me
  12. وَمَآwamāand not
  13. أَظُنُّaẓunnuI think
  14. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿatathe Hour
  15. قَآئِمَةًۭqāimatan(will be) established
  16. وَلَئِنwala-inand if
  17. رُّجِعْتُrujiʿ'tuI am returned
  18. إِلَىٰilāto
  19. رَبِّىٓrabbīmy Lord
  20. إِنَّinnaindeed
  21. لِىlīfor me
  22. عِندَهُۥʿindahuwith Him
  23. لَلْحُسْنَىٰ ۚlalḥus'nā(will be) the best
  24. فَلَنُنَبِّئَنَّfalanunabbi-annaBut We will surely inform
  25. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  26. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  27. بِمَاbimāabout what
  28. عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūthey did
  29. وَلَنُذِيقَنَّهُمwalanudhīqannahumand We will surely make them taste
  30. مِّنْminof
  31. عَذَابٍʿadhābina punishment
  32. غَلِيظٍۢghalīẓinsevere

Verse 51

وَإِذَآ أَنْعَمْنَا عَلَى ٱلْإِنسَـٰنِ أَعْرَضَ وَنَـَٔا بِجَانِبِهِۦ وَإِذَا مَسَّهُ ٱلشَّرُّ فَذُو دُعَآءٍ عَرِيضٍ

Transliteration wa-idhā anʿamnā ʿalā l-insāni aʿraḍa wanaā bijānibihi wa-idhā massahu l-sharu fadhū duʿāin ʿarīḍin

English And when We bestow favor upon man, he turns away and distances himself; but when evil touches him, then he is full of extensive supplication.

  1. وَإِذَآwa-idhāAnd when
  2. أَنْعَمْنَاanʿamnāWe bestow favor
  3. عَلَىʿalāupon
  4. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنِl-insāniman
  5. أَعْرَضَaʿraḍahe turns away
  6. وَنَـَٔاwanaāand distances himself
  7. بِجَانِبِهِۦbijānibihiand distances himself
  8. وَإِذَاwa-idhābut when
  9. مَسَّهُmassahutouches him
  10. ٱلشَّرُّl-sharuthe evil
  11. فَذُوfadhūthen (he is) full
  12. دُعَآءٍduʿāin(of) supplication
  13. عَرِيضٍۢʿarīḍinlengthy

Verse 52

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن كَانَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ كَفَرْتُم بِهِۦ مَنْ أَضَلُّ مِمَّنْ هُوَ فِى شِقَاقٍۭ بَعِيدٍ

Transliteration qul ara-aytum in kāna min ʿindi l-lahi thumma kafartum bihi man aḍallu mimman huwa fī shiqāqin baʿīdin

English Say, "Have you considered: if it [i.e., the Qur’ān] is from Allāh and you disbelieved in it, who would be more astray than one who is in extreme dissension?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumYou see
  3. إِنinif
  4. كَانَkānait is
  5. مِنْminfrom
  6. عِندِʿindifrom
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. ثُمَّthummathen
  9. كَفَرْتُمkafartumyou disbelieve
  10. بِهِۦbihiin it
  11. مَنْmanwho
  12. أَضَلُّaḍallu(is) more astray
  13. مِمَّنْmimmanthan (one) who
  14. هُوَhuwahe
  15. فِىfī(is) in
  16. شِقَاقٍۭshiqāqinopposition
  17. بَعِيدٍۢbaʿīdinfar

Verse 53

سَنُرِيهِمْ ءَايَـٰتِنَا فِى ٱلْـَٔافَاقِ وَفِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ حَتَّىٰ يَتَبَيَّنَ لَهُمْ أَنَّهُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۗ أَوَلَمْ يَكْفِ بِرَبِّكَ أَنَّهُۥ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ شَهِيدٌ

Transliteration sanurīhim āyātinā fī l-āfāqi wafī anfusihim ḥattā yatabayyana lahum annahu l-ḥaqu awalam yakfi birabbika annahu ʿalā kulli shayin shahīdun

English We will show them Our signs in the horizons and within themselves until it becomes clear to them that it is the truth. But is it not sufficient concerning your Lord that He is, over all things, a Witness?

  1. سَنُرِيهِمْsanurīhimSoon We will show them
  2. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Signs
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْـَٔافَاقِl-āfāqithe horizons
  5. وَفِىٓwafīand in
  6. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
  7. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  8. يَتَبَيَّنَyatabayyanabecomes clear
  9. لَهُمْlahumto them
  10. أَنَّهُannahuthat it
  11. ٱلْحَقُّ ۗl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  12. أَوَلَمْawalamIs (it) not
  13. يَكْفِyakfisufficient
  14. بِرَبِّكَbirabbikaconcerning your Lord
  15. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat He
  16. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) over
  17. كُلِّkulliall
  18. شَىْءٍۢshayinthings
  19. شَهِيدٌshahīduna Witness

Verse 54

أَلَآ إِنَّهُمْ فِى مِرْيَةٍ مِّن لِّقَآءِ رَبِّهِمْ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّهُۥ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ مُّحِيطٌۢ

Transliteration alā innahum fī mir'yatin min liqāi rabbihim alā innahu bikulli shayin muḥīṭun

English Unquestionably, they are in doubt about the meeting with their Lord. Unquestionably He is, of all things, encompassing.

  1. أَلَآalāUnquestionably
  2. إِنَّهُمْinnahumthey
  3. فِىfī(are) in
  4. مِرْيَةٍۢmir'yatindoubt
  5. مِّنminabout
  6. لِّقَآءِliqāi(the) meeting
  7. رَبِّهِمْ ۗrabbihim(with) their Lord
  8. أَلَآalāUnquestionably
  9. إِنَّهُۥinnahuindeed, He
  10. بِكُلِّbikulli(is) of all
  11. شَىْءٍۢshayinthings
  12. مُّحِيطٌۢmuḥīṭunencompassing

Surah Ash-Shuraa الشورى verses 1–53

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

حمٓ

Transliteration hha-meem

English Ḥā, Meem.

  1. حمٓhha-meemHa Meem

Verse 2

عٓسٓقٓ

Transliteration ain-seen-qaf

English ʿAyn, Seen, Qāf.

  1. عٓسٓقٓain-seen-qafAyn Seen Qaaf

Verse 3

كَذَٰلِكَ يُوحِىٓ إِلَيْكَ وَإِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Transliteration kadhālika yūḥī ilayka wa-ilā alladhīna min qablika l-lahu l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

English Thus has He revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], and to those before you - Allāh, the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. يُوحِىٓyūḥīreveals
  3. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  4. وَإِلَىwa-ilāand to
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose
  6. مِنminbefore you
  7. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  9. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuthe All-Mighty
  10. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmuthe All-Wise

Verse 4

لَهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱلْعَلِىُّ ٱلْعَظِيمُ

Transliteration lahu mā fī l-samāwāti wamā fī l-arḍi wahuwa l-ʿaliyu l-ʿaẓīmu

English To Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is in the earth, and He is the Most High, the Most Great.

  1. لَهُۥlahuTo Him
  2. مَاmā(belong) whatever
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. فِىfī(is) in
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖl-arḍithe earth
  8. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  9. ٱلْعَلِىُّl-ʿaliyu(is) the Most High
  10. ٱلْعَظِيمُl-ʿaẓīmuthe Most Great

Verse 5

تَكَادُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُ يَتَفَطَّرْنَ مِن فَوْقِهِنَّ ۚ وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ يُسَبِّحُونَ بِحَمْدِ رَبِّهِمْ وَيَسْتَغْفِرُونَ لِمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْغَفُورُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration takādu l-samāwātu yatafaṭṭarna min fawqihinna wal-malāikatu yusabbiḥūna biḥamdi rabbihim wayastaghfirūna liman fī l-arḍi alā inna l-laha huwa l-ghafūru l-raḥīmu

English The heavens almost break from above them, and the angels exalt [Allāh] with praise of their Lord and ask forgiveness for those on earth. Unquestionably, it is Allāh who is the Forgiving, the Merciful.

  1. تَكَادُtakāduAlmost
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُl-samāwātuthe heavens
  3. يَتَفَطَّرْنَyatafaṭṭarnabreak up
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. فَوْقِهِنَّ ۚfawqihinnaabove them
  6. وَٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُwal-malāikatuand the Angels
  7. يُسَبِّحُونَyusabbiḥūnaglorify
  8. بِحَمْدِbiḥamdi(the) praise
  9. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  10. وَيَسْتَغْفِرُونَwayastaghfirūnaand ask for forgiveness
  11. لِمَنlimanfor those
  12. فِىfīon
  13. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗl-arḍithe earth
  14. أَلَآalāUnquestionably
  15. إِنَّinnaindeed
  16. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  17. هُوَhuwaHe
  18. ٱلْغَفُورُl-ghafūru(is) the Oft-Forgiving
  19. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 6

وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ٱللَّهُ حَفِيظٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْهِم بِوَكِيلٍ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna ittakhadhū min dūnihi awliyāa l-lahu ḥafīẓun ʿalayhim wamā anta ʿalayhim biwakīlin

English And those who take as allies other than Him - Allāh is [yet] Guardian over them; and you, [O Muḥammad], are not over them a manager.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtake
  3. مِنminbesides
  4. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides
  5. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāaprotectors
  6. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  7. حَفِيظٌḥafīẓun(is) a Guardian
  8. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  9. وَمَآwamāand not
  10. أَنتَantayou
  11. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim(are) over them
  12. بِوَكِيلٍۢbiwakīlina manager

Verse 7

وَكَذَٰلِكَ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ قُرْءَانًا عَرَبِيًّا لِّتُنذِرَ أُمَّ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا وَتُنذِرَ يَوْمَ ٱلْجَمْعِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ۚ فَرِيقٌ فِى ٱلْجَنَّةِ وَفَرِيقٌ فِى ٱلسَّعِيرِ

Transliteration wakadhālika awḥaynā ilayka qur'ānan ʿarabiyyan litundhira umma l-qurā waman ḥawlahā watundhira yawma l-jamʿi lā rayba fīhi farīqun fī l-janati wafarīqun fī l-saʿīri

English And thus We have revealed to you an Arabic Qur’ān that you may warn the Mother of Cities [i.e., Makkah] and those around it and warn of the Day of Assembly, about which there is no doubt. A party will be in Paradise and a party in the Blaze.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe have revealed
  3. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  4. قُرْءَانًاqur'ānana Quran
  5. عَرَبِيًّۭاʿarabiyyan(in) Arabic
  6. لِّتُنذِرَlitundhirathat you may warn
  7. أُمَّumma(the) mother
  8. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurā(of) the towns
  9. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  10. حَوْلَهَاḥawlahā(is) around it
  11. وَتُنذِرَwatundhiraand warn
  12. يَوْمَyawma(of the) Day
  13. ٱلْجَمْعِl-jamʿi(of) Assembly
  14. لَاlā(there is) no
  15. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  16. فِيهِ ۚfīhiin it
  17. فَرِيقٌۭfarīqunA party
  18. فِىfī(will be) in
  19. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janatiParadise
  20. وَفَرِيقٌۭwafarīqunand a party
  21. فِىfīin
  22. ٱلسَّعِيرِl-saʿīrithe Blazing Fire

Verse 8

وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَعَلَهُمْ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً وَلَـٰكِن يُدْخِلُ مَن يَشَآءُ فِى رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚ وَٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ مَا لَهُم مِّن وَلِىٍّ وَلَا نَصِيرٍ

Transliteration walaw shāa l-lahu lajaʿalahum ummatan wāḥidatan walākin yud'khilu man yashāu fī raḥmatihi wal-ẓālimūna mā lahum min waliyyin walā naṣīrin

English And if Allāh willed, He could have made them [of] one religion, but He admits whom He wills into His mercy. And the wrongdoers have not any protector or helper.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. شَآءَshāaAllah willed
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah willed
  4. لَجَعَلَهُمْlajaʿalahumHe could have made them
  5. أُمَّةًۭummatana community
  6. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatanone
  7. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  8. يُدْخِلُyud'khiluHe admits
  9. مَنmanwhom
  10. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  11. فِىfīin (to)
  12. رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚraḥmatihiHis Mercy
  13. وَٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَwal-ẓālimūnaAnd the wrongdoers
  14. مَاmānot
  15. لَهُمlahumfor them
  16. مِّنminany
  17. وَلِىٍّۢwaliyyinprotector
  18. وَلَاwalāand not
  19. نَصِيرٍnaṣīrinany helper

Verse 9

أَمِ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۖ فَٱللَّهُ هُوَ ٱلْوَلِىُّ وَهُوَ يُحْىِ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration ami ittakhadhū min dūnihi awliyāa fal-lahu huwa l-waliyu wahuwa yuḥ'yī l-mawtā wahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin qadīrun

English Or have they taken protectors [or allies] besides Him? But Allāh - He is the Protector, and He gives life to the dead, and He is over all things competent.

  1. أَمِamiOr
  2. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūhave they taken
  3. مِنminbesides Him
  4. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides Him
  5. أَوْلِيَآءَ ۖawliyāaprotectors
  6. فَٱللَّهُfal-lahuBut Allah
  7. هُوَhuwaHe
  8. ٱلْوَلِىُّl-waliyu(is) the Protector
  9. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  10. يُحْىِyuḥ'yīgives life
  11. ٱلْمَوْتَىٰl-mawtā(to) the dead
  12. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  13. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  14. كُلِّkullievery
  15. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  16. قَدِيرٌۭqadīrunAll-Powerful

Verse 10

وَمَا ٱخْتَلَفْتُمْ فِيهِ مِن شَىْءٍ فَحُكْمُهُۥٓ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ رَبِّى عَلَيْهِ تَوَكَّلْتُ وَإِلَيْهِ أُنِيبُ

Transliteration wamā ikh'talaftum fīhi min shayin faḥuk'muhu ilā l-lahi dhālikumu l-lahu rabbī ʿalayhi tawakkaltu wa-ilayhi unību

English And in anything over which you disagree - its ruling is [to be referred] to Allāh. [Say], "That is Allāh, my Lord; upon Him I have relied, and to Him I turn back."

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd whatever
  2. ٱخْتَلَفْتُمْikh'talaftumyou differ
  3. فِيهِfīhiin it
  4. مِنminof
  5. شَىْءٍۢshayina thing
  6. فَحُكْمُهُۥٓfaḥuk'muhuthen its ruling
  7. إِلَىilā(is) to
  8. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  9. ذَٰلِكُمُdhālikumuThat
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
  11. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  12. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiupon Him
  13. تَوَكَّلْتُtawakkaltuI put my trust
  14. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  15. أُنِيبُunībuI turn

Verse 11

فَاطِرُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ جَعَلَ لَكُم مِّنْ أَنفُسِكُمْ أَزْوَٰجًا وَمِنَ ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ أَزْوَٰجًا ۖ يَذْرَؤُكُمْ فِيهِ ۚ لَيْسَ كَمِثْلِهِۦ شَىْءٌ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْبَصِيرُ

Transliteration fāṭiru l-samāwāti wal-arḍi jaʿala lakum min anfusikum azwājan wamina l-anʿāmi azwājan yadhra-ukum fīhi laysa kamith'lihi shayon wahuwa l-samīʿu l-baṣīru

English [He is] Creator of the heavens and the earth. He has made for you from yourselves, mates, and among the cattle, mates; He multiplies you thereby. There is nothing like unto Him, and He is the Hearing, the Seeing.

  1. فَاطِرُfāṭiru(The) Creator
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. جَعَلَjaʿalaHe made
  5. لَكُمlakumfor you
  6. مِّنْminfrom
  7. أَنفُسِكُمْanfusikumyourselves
  8. أَزْوَٰجًۭاazwājanmates
  9. وَمِنَwaminaand among
  10. ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِl-anʿāmithe cattle
  11. أَزْوَٰجًۭا ۖazwājanmates
  12. يَذْرَؤُكُمْyadhra-ukumHe multiplies you
  13. فِيهِ ۚfīhithereby
  14. لَيْسَlaysa(There) is not
  15. كَمِثْلِهِۦkamith'lihilike Him
  16. شَىْءٌۭ ۖshayonanything
  17. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  18. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) the All-Hearer
  19. ٱلْبَصِيرُl-baṣīruthe All-Seer

Verse 12

لَهُۥ مَقَالِيدُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ يَبْسُطُ ٱلرِّزْقَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيَقْدِرُ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration lahu maqālīdu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi yabsuṭu l-riz'qa liman yashāu wayaqdiru innahu bikulli shayin ʿalīmun

English To Him belong the keys of the heavens and the earth. He extends provision for whom He wills and restricts [it]. Indeed He is, of all things, Knowing.

  1. لَهُۥlahuTo Him (belongs)
  2. مَقَالِيدُmaqālīdu(the) keys
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. يَبْسُطُyabsuṭuHe extends
  6. ٱلرِّزْقَl-riz'qathe provision
  7. لِمَنlimanfor whom
  8. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  9. وَيَقْدِرُ ۚwayaqdiruand restricts
  10. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  11. بِكُلِّbikulliof every
  12. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  13. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmun(is) All-Knower

Verse 13

۞ شَرَعَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلدِّينِ مَا وَصَّىٰ بِهِۦ نُوحًا وَٱلَّذِىٓ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ وَمَا وَصَّيْنَا بِهِۦٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَمُوسَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰٓ ۖ أَنْ أَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلدِّينَ وَلَا تَتَفَرَّقُوا۟ فِيهِ ۚ كَبُرَ عَلَى ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ مَا تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَيْهِ ۚ ٱللَّهُ يَجْتَبِىٓ إِلَيْهِ مَن يَشَآءُ وَيَهْدِىٓ إِلَيْهِ مَن يُنِيبُ

Transliteration sharaʿa lakum mina l-dīni mā waṣṣā bihi nūḥan wa-alladhī awḥaynā ilayka wamā waṣṣaynā bihi ib'rāhīma wamūsā waʿīsā an aqīmū l-dīna walā tatafarraqū fīhi kabura ʿalā l-mush'rikīna mā tadʿūhum ilayhi l-lahu yajtabī ilayhi man yashāu wayahdī ilayhi man yunību

English He has ordained for you of religion what He enjoined upon Noah and that which We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], and what We enjoined upon Abraham and Moses and Jesus - to establish the religion and not be divided therein. Difficult for those who associate others with Allāh is that to which you invite them. Allāh chooses for Himself whom He wills and guides to Himself whoever turns back [to Him].

  1. ۞ شَرَعَsharaʿaHe has ordained
  2. لَكُمlakumfor you
  3. مِّنَminaof
  4. ٱلدِّينِl-dīnithe religion
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. وَصَّىٰwaṣṣāHe enjoined
  7. بِهِۦbihiupon
  8. نُوحًۭاnūḥanNuh
  9. وَٱلَّذِىٓwa-alladhīand that which
  10. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe have revealed
  11. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  12. وَمَاwamāand what
  13. وَصَّيْنَاwaṣṣaynāWe enjoined
  14. بِهِۦٓbihiupon
  15. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  16. وَمُوسَىٰwamūsāand Musa
  17. وَعِيسَىٰٓ ۖwaʿīsāand Isa
  18. أَنْanTo
  19. أَقِيمُوا۟aqīmūestablish
  20. ٱلدِّينَl-dīnathe religion
  21. وَلَاwalāand not
  22. تَتَفَرَّقُوا۟tatafarraqūbe divided
  23. فِيهِ ۚfīhitherein
  24. كَبُرَkaburaIs difficult
  25. عَلَىʿalāon
  26. ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَl-mush'rikīnathe polytheists
  27. مَاmāwhat
  28. تَدْعُوهُمْtadʿūhumyou call them
  29. إِلَيْهِ ۚilayhito it
  30. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  31. يَجْتَبِىٓyajtabīchooses
  32. إِلَيْهِilayhifor Himself
  33. مَنmanwhom
  34. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  35. وَيَهْدِىٓwayahdīand guides
  36. إِلَيْهِilayhito Himself
  37. مَنmanwhoever
  38. يُنِيبُyunībuturns

Verse 14

وَمَا تَفَرَّقُوٓا۟ إِلَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْعِلْمُ بَغْيًۢا بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ وَلَوْلَا كَلِمَةٌ سَبَقَتْ مِن رَّبِّكَ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى لَّقُضِىَ بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ وَإِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُورِثُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ لَفِى شَكٍّ مِّنْهُ مُرِيبٍ

Transliteration wamā tafarraqū illā min baʿdi mā jāahumu l-ʿil'mu baghyan baynahum walawlā kalimatun sabaqat min rabbika ilā ajalin musamman laquḍiya baynahum wa-inna alladhīna ūrithū l-kitāba min baʿdihim lafī shakkin min'hu murībin

English And they did not become divided until after knowledge had come to them - out of jealous animosity between themselves. And if not for a word that preceded from your Lord [postponing the penalty] until a specified time, it would have been concluded between them. And indeed, those who were granted inheritance of the Scripture after them are, concerning it, in disquieting doubt.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَفَرَّقُوٓا۟tafarraqūthey became divided
  3. إِلَّاillāuntil
  4. مِنۢminafter
  5. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  6. مَاmā[what]
  7. جَآءَهُمُjāahumucame to them
  8. ٱلْعِلْمُl-ʿil'muthe knowledge
  9. بَغْيًۢاbaghyan(out of) rivalry
  10. بَيْنَهُمْ ۚbaynahumamong them
  11. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  12. كَلِمَةٌۭkalimatun(for) a word
  13. سَبَقَتْsabaqat(that) preceded
  14. مِنminfrom
  15. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  16. إِلَىٰٓilāfor
  17. أَجَلٍۢajalina term
  18. مُّسَمًّۭىmusammanspecified
  19. لَّقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely, it (would have) been settled
  20. بَيْنَهُمْ ۚbaynahumbetween them
  21. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  22. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  23. أُورِثُوا۟ūrithūwere made to inherit
  24. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  25. مِنۢminafter them
  26. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  27. لَفِىlafī(are) surely in
  28. شَكٍّۢshakkindoubt
  29. مِّنْهُmin'huconcerning it
  30. مُرِيبٍۢmurībindisquieting

Verse 15

فَلِذَٰلِكَ فَٱدْعُ ۖ وَٱسْتَقِمْ كَمَآ أُمِرْتَ ۖ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ ۖ وَقُلْ ءَامَنتُ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِن كِتَـٰبٍ ۖ وَأُمِرْتُ لِأَعْدِلَ بَيْنَكُمُ ۖ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّنَا وَرَبُّكُمْ ۖ لَنَآ أَعْمَـٰلُنَا وَلَكُمْ أَعْمَـٰلُكُمْ ۖ لَا حُجَّةَ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَكُمُ ۖ ٱللَّهُ يَجْمَعُ بَيْنَنَا ۖ وَإِلَيْهِ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Transliteration falidhālika fa-ud'ʿu wa-is'taqim kamā umir'ta walā tattabiʿ ahwāahum waqul āmantu bimā anzala l-lahu min kitābin wa-umir'tu li-aʿdila baynakumu l-lahu rabbunā warabbukum lanā aʿmālunā walakum aʿmālukum lā ḥujjata baynanā wabaynakumu l-lahu yajmaʿu baynanā wa-ilayhi l-maṣīru

English So to that [religion of Allāh] invite, [O Muḥammad], and remain on a right course as you are commanded and do not follow their inclinations but say, "I have believed in what Allāh has revealed of scripture [i.e., the Qur’ān], and I have been commanded to do justice among you. Allāh is our Lord and your Lord. For us are our deeds, and for you your deeds. There is no [need for] argument between us and you. Allāh will bring us together, and to Him is the [final] destination."

  1. فَلِذَٰلِكَfalidhālikaSo to that
  2. فَٱدْعُ ۖfa-ud'ʿuthen invite
  3. وَٱسْتَقِمْwa-is'taqimand stand firm
  4. كَمَآkamāas
  5. أُمِرْتَ ۖumir'tayou are commanded
  6. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  7. تَتَّبِعْtattabiʿfollow
  8. أَهْوَآءَهُمْ ۖahwāahumtheir desires
  9. وَقُلْwaqulbut say
  10. ءَامَنتُāmantuI believe
  11. بِمَآbimāin what
  12. أَنزَلَanzalaAllah has sent down
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has sent down
  14. مِنminof
  15. كِتَـٰبٍۢ ۖkitābin(the) Book
  16. وَأُمِرْتُwa-umir'tuand I am commanded
  17. لِأَعْدِلَli-aʿdilathat I do justice
  18. بَيْنَكُمُ ۖbaynakumubetween you
  19. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  20. رَبُّنَاrabbunā(is) our Lord
  21. وَرَبُّكُمْ ۖwarabbukumand your Lord
  22. لَنَآlanāFor us
  23. أَعْمَـٰلُنَاaʿmālunāour deeds
  24. وَلَكُمْwalakumand for you
  25. أَعْمَـٰلُكُمْ ۖaʿmālukumyour deeds
  26. لَاlā(There is) no
  27. حُجَّةَḥujjataargument
  28. بَيْنَنَاbaynanābetween us
  29. وَبَيْنَكُمُ ۖwabaynakumuand between you
  30. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  31. يَجْمَعُyajmaʿuwill assemble
  32. بَيْنَنَا ۖbaynanā[between] us
  33. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  34. ٱلْمَصِيرُl-maṣīru(is) the final return

Verse 16

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُحَآجُّونَ فِى ٱللَّهِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا ٱسْتُجِيبَ لَهُۥ حُجَّتُهُمْ دَاحِضَةٌ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ وَعَلَيْهِمْ غَضَبٌ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yuḥājjūna fī l-lahi min baʿdi mā us'tujība lahu ḥujjatuhum dāḥiḍatun ʿinda rabbihim waʿalayhim ghaḍabun walahum ʿadhābun shadīdun

English And those who argue concerning Allāh after He has been responded to - their argument is invalid with their Lord, and upon them is [His] wrath, and for them is a severe punishment.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يُحَآجُّونَyuḥājjūnaargue
  3. فِىfīconcerning
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. مِنۢminafter
  6. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  7. مَاmā[what]
  8. ٱسْتُجِيبَus'tujībaresponse has been made to Him
  9. لَهُۥlahuresponse has been made to Him
  10. حُجَّتُهُمْḥujjatuhumtheir argument
  11. دَاحِضَةٌdāḥiḍatun(is) invalid
  12. عِندَʿindawith
  13. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  14. وَعَلَيْهِمْwaʿalayhimand upon them
  15. غَضَبٌۭghaḍabun(is) wrath
  16. وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
  17. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  18. شَدِيدٌshadīdunsevere

Verse 17

ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ ۗ وَمَا يُدْرِيكَ لَعَلَّ ٱلسَّاعَةَ قَرِيبٌ

Transliteration al-lahu alladhī anzala l-kitāba bil-ḥaqi wal-mīzāna wamā yud'rīka laʿalla l-sāʿata qarībun

English It is Allāh who has sent down the Book in truth and [also] the balance [i.e., justice]. And what will make you perceive? Perhaps the Hour is near.

  1. ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنزَلَanzala(has) sent down
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  5. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  6. وَٱلْمِيزَانَ ۗwal-mīzānaand the Balance
  7. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  8. يُدْرِيكَyud'rīkawill make you know
  9. لَعَلَّlaʿallaPerhaps
  10. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿatathe Hour
  11. قَرِيبٌۭqarībun(is) near

Verse 18

يَسْتَعْجِلُ بِهَا ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهَا ۖ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مُشْفِقُونَ مِنْهَا وَيَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهَا ٱلْحَقُّ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يُمَارُونَ فِى ٱلسَّاعَةِ لَفِى ضَلَـٰلٍۭ بَعِيدٍ

Transliteration yastaʿjilu bihā alladhīna lā yu'minūna bihā wa-alladhīna āmanū mush'fiqūna min'hā wayaʿlamūna annahā l-ḥaqu alā inna alladhīna yumārūna fī l-sāʿati lafī ḍalālin baʿīdin

English Those who do not believe in it are impatient for it, but those who believe are fearful of it and know that it is the truth. Unquestionably, those who dispute concerning the Hour are in extreme error.

  1. يَسْتَعْجِلُyastaʿjiluSeek to hasten
  2. بِهَاbihā[of] it
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. لَاlā(do) not
  5. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  6. بِهَا ۖbihāin it
  7. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  8. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  9. مُشْفِقُونَmush'fiqūna(are) fearful
  10. مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
  11. وَيَعْلَمُونَwayaʿlamūnaand know
  12. أَنَّهَاannahāthat it
  13. ٱلْحَقُّ ۗl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  14. أَلَآalāUnquestionably
  15. إِنَّinnaindeed
  16. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  17. يُمَارُونَyumārūnadispute
  18. فِىfīconcerning
  19. ٱلسَّاعَةِl-sāʿatithe Hour
  20. لَفِىlafī(are) certainly in
  21. ضَلَـٰلٍۭḍalālinerror
  22. بَعِيدٍbaʿīdinfar

Verse 19

ٱللَّهُ لَطِيفٌۢ بِعِبَادِهِۦ يَرْزُقُ مَن يَشَآءُ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱلْقَوِىُّ ٱلْعَزِيزُ

Transliteration al-lahu laṭīfun biʿibādihi yarzuqu man yashāu wahuwa l-qawiyu l-ʿazīzu

English Allāh is Subtle with His servants; He gives provision to whom He wills. And He is the Powerful, the Exalted in Might.

  1. ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. لَطِيفٌۢlaṭīfun(is) Subtle
  3. بِعِبَادِهِۦbiʿibādihiwith His slaves
  4. يَرْزُقُyarzuquHe gives provision
  5. مَنman(to) whom
  6. يَشَآءُ ۖyashāuHe wills
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  8. ٱلْقَوِىُّl-qawiyu(is) the All-Strong
  9. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuthe All-Mighty

Verse 20

مَن كَانَ يُرِيدُ حَرْثَ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ نَزِدْ لَهُۥ فِى حَرْثِهِۦ ۖ وَمَن كَانَ يُرِيدُ حَرْثَ ٱلدُّنْيَا نُؤْتِهِۦ مِنْهَا وَمَا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ مِن نَّصِيبٍ

Transliteration man kāna yurīdu ḥartha l-ākhirati nazid lahu fī ḥarthihi waman kāna yurīdu ḥartha l-dun'yā nu'tihi min'hā wamā lahu fī l-ākhirati min naṣībin

English Whoever desires the harvest of the Hereafter - We increase for him in his harvest [i.e., reward]. And whoever desires the harvest [i.e., benefits] of this world - We give him thereof, but there is not for him in the Hereafter any share.

  1. مَنmanWhoever
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. يُرِيدُyurīdudesiring
  4. حَرْثَḥartha(the) harvest
  5. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  6. نَزِدْnazidWe increase
  7. لَهُۥlahufor him
  8. فِىfīin
  9. حَرْثِهِۦ ۖḥarthihihis harvest
  10. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  11. كَانَkānais
  12. يُرِيدُyurīdudesiring
  13. حَرْثَḥartha(the) harvest
  14. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  15. نُؤْتِهِۦnu'tihiWe give him
  16. مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
  17. وَمَاwamābut not
  18. لَهُۥlahufor him
  19. فِىfīin
  20. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
  21. مِنminany
  22. نَّصِيبٍnaṣībinshare

Verse 21

أَمْ لَهُمْ شُرَكَـٰٓؤُا۟ شَرَعُوا۟ لَهُم مِّنَ ٱلدِّينِ مَا لَمْ يَأْذَنۢ بِهِ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَلَوْلَا كَلِمَةُ ٱلْفَصْلِ لَقُضِىَ بَيْنَهُمْ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration am lahum shurakāu sharaʿū lahum mina l-dīni mā lam yadhan bihi l-lahu walawlā kalimatu l-faṣli laquḍiya baynahum wa-inna l-ẓālimīna lahum ʿadhābun alīmun

English Or have they partners [i.e., other deities] who have ordained for them a religion to which Allāh has not consented? But if not for the decisive word, it would have been concluded between them. And indeed, the wrongdoers will have a painful punishment.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  3. شُرَكَـٰٓؤُا۟shurakāu(are) partners
  4. شَرَعُوا۟sharaʿūwho have ordained
  5. لَهُمlahumfor them
  6. مِّنَminaof
  7. ٱلدِّينِl-dīnithe religion
  8. مَاmāwhat
  9. لَمْlamnot
  10. يَأْذَنۢyadhanAllah has given permission of it
  11. بِهِbihiAllah has given permission of it
  12. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah has given permission of it
  13. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  14. كَلِمَةُkalimatu(for) a word
  15. ٱلْفَصْلِl-faṣlidecisive
  16. لَقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely, it (would have) been judged
  17. بَيْنَهُمْ ۗbaynahumbetween them
  18. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  19. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  20. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  21. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is a) punishment
  22. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 22

تَرَى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ مُشْفِقِينَ مِمَّا كَسَبُوا۟ وَهُوَ وَاقِعٌۢ بِهِمْ ۗ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ فِى رَوْضَاتِ ٱلْجَنَّاتِ ۖ لَهُم مَّا يَشَآءُونَ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْفَضْلُ ٱلْكَبِيرُ

Transliteration tarā l-ẓālimīna mush'fiqīna mimmā kasabū wahuwa wāqiʿun bihim wa-alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti fī rawḍāti l-janāti lahum mā yashāūna ʿinda rabbihim dhālika huwa l-faḍlu l-kabīru

English You will see the wrongdoers fearful of what they have earned, and it will [certainly] befall them. And those who have believed and done righteous deeds will be in lush regions of the gardens [in Paradise] having whatever they will in the presence of their Lord. That is what is the great bounty.

  1. تَرَىtarāYou will see
  2. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  3. مُشْفِقِينَmush'fiqīnafearful
  4. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  5. كَسَبُوا۟kasabūthey earned
  6. وَهُوَwahuwaand it
  7. وَاقِعٌۢwāqiʿun(will) befall
  8. بِهِمْ ۗbihim[on] them
  9. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  10. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  11. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  12. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  13. فِىfī(will be) in
  14. رَوْضَاتِrawḍātiflowering meadows
  15. ٱلْجَنَّاتِ ۖl-janāti(of) the Gardens
  16. لَهُمlahumfor them
  17. مَّاmā(is) whatever
  18. يَشَآءُونَyashāūnathey wish
  19. عِندَʿindawith
  20. رَبِّهِمْ ۚrabbihimtheir Lord
  21. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  22. هُوَhuwait
  23. ٱلْفَضْلُl-faḍlu(is) the Bounty
  24. ٱلْكَبِيرُl-kabīruthe Great

Verse 23

ذَٰلِكَ ٱلَّذِى يُبَشِّرُ ٱللَّهُ عِبَادَهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ ۗ قُل لَّآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا إِلَّا ٱلْمَوَدَّةَ فِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ ۗ وَمَن يَقْتَرِفْ حَسَنَةً نَّزِدْ لَهُۥ فِيهَا حُسْنًا ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ شَكُورٌ

Transliteration dhālika alladhī yubashiru l-lahu ʿibādahu alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti qul lā asalukum ʿalayhi ajran illā l-mawadata fī l-qur'bā waman yaqtarif ḥasanatan nazid lahu fīhā ḥus'nan inna l-laha ghafūrun shakūrun

English It is that of which Allāh gives good tidings to His servants who believe and do righteous deeds. Say, [O Muḥammad], "I do not ask you for it [i.e., this message] any payment [but] only good will through [i.e., due to] kinship." And whoever commits a good deed - We will increase for him good therein. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Appreciative.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is of) which
  3. يُبَشِّرُyubashiruAllah gives glad tidings
  4. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah gives glad tidings
  5. عِبَادَهُʿibādahu(to) His slaves
  6. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  7. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  8. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  9. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ ۗl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  10. قُلqulSay
  11. لَّآlāNot
  12. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  13. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  14. أَجْرًاajranany payment
  15. إِلَّاillāexcept
  16. ٱلْمَوَدَّةَl-mawadatathe love
  17. فِىfīamong
  18. ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ ۗl-qur'bāthe relatives
  19. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  20. يَقْتَرِفْyaqtarifearns
  21. حَسَنَةًۭḥasanatanany good
  22. نَّزِدْnazidWe increase
  23. لَهُۥlahufor him
  24. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  25. حُسْنًا ۚḥus'nangood
  26. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  27. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  28. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  29. شَكُورٌshakūrunAll-Appreciative

Verse 24

أَمْ يَقُولُونَ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا ۖ فَإِن يَشَإِ ٱللَّهُ يَخْتِمْ عَلَىٰ قَلْبِكَ ۗ وَيَمْحُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْبَـٰطِلَ وَيُحِقُّ ٱلْحَقَّ بِكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ

Transliteration am yaqūlūna if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban fa-in yasha-i l-lahu yakhtim ʿalā qalbika wayamḥu l-lahu l-bāṭila wayuḥiqqu l-ḥaqa bikalimātihi innahu ʿalīmun bidhāti l-ṣudūri

English Or do they say, "He has invented about Allāh a lie"? But if Allāh willed, He could seal over your heart. And Allāh eliminates falsehood and establishes the truth by His words. Indeed, He is Knowing of that within the breasts.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūna(do) they say
  3. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāHe has invented
  4. عَلَىʿalāabout
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  6. كَذِبًۭا ۖkadhibana lie
  7. فَإِنfa-inBut if
  8. يَشَإِyasha-iAllah willed
  9. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah willed
  10. يَخْتِمْyakhtimHe would seal
  11. عَلَىٰʿalā[over]
  12. قَلْبِكَ ۗqalbikayour heart
  13. وَيَمْحُwayamḥuAnd Allah eliminates
  14. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAnd Allah eliminates
  15. ٱلْبَـٰطِلَl-bāṭilathe falsehood
  16. وَيُحِقُّwayuḥiqquand establishes
  17. ٱلْحَقَّl-ḥaqathe truth
  18. بِكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۚbikalimātihiby His Words
  19. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  20. عَلِيمٌۢʿalīmun(is) All-Knowing
  21. بِذَاتِbidhātiof what
  22. ٱلصُّدُورِl-ṣudūri(is in) the breasts

Verse 25

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يَقْبَلُ ٱلتَّوْبَةَ عَنْ عِبَادِهِۦ وَيَعْفُوا۟ عَنِ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yaqbalu l-tawbata ʿan ʿibādihi wayaʿfū ʿani l-sayiāti wayaʿlamu mā tafʿalūna

English And it is He who accepts repentance from His servants and pardons misdeeds, and He knows what you do.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يَقْبَلُyaqbaluaccepts
  4. ٱلتَّوْبَةَl-tawbatathe repentance
  5. عَنْʿanof
  6. عِبَادِهِۦʿibādihiHis slaves
  7. وَيَعْفُوا۟wayaʿfūand pardons
  8. عَنِʿani[of]
  9. ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِl-sayiātithe evil
  10. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuand He knows
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تَفْعَلُونَtafʿalūnayou do

Verse 26

وَيَسْتَجِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ وَيَزِيدُهُم مِّن فَضْلِهِۦ ۚ وَٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌ

Transliteration wayastajību alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti wayazīduhum min faḍlihi wal-kāfirūna lahum ʿadhābun shadīdun

English And He answers [the supplication of] those who have believed and done righteous deeds and increases [for] them from His bounty. But the disbelievers will have a severe punishment.

  1. وَيَسْتَجِيبُwayastajībuAnd He answers
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  6. وَيَزِيدُهُمwayazīduhumand increases (for) them
  7. مِّنminfrom
  8. فَضْلِهِۦ ۚfaḍlihiHis Bounty
  9. وَٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَwal-kāfirūnaAnd the disbelievers
  10. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  11. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābun(will be) a punishment
  12. شَدِيدٌۭshadīdunsevere

Verse 27

۞ وَلَوْ بَسَطَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرِّزْقَ لِعِبَادِهِۦ لَبَغَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَـٰكِن يُنَزِّلُ بِقَدَرٍ مَّا يَشَآءُ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ بِعِبَادِهِۦ خَبِيرٌۢ بَصِيرٌ

Transliteration walaw basaṭa l-lahu l-riz'qa liʿibādihi labaghaw fī l-arḍi walākin yunazzilu biqadarin mā yashāu innahu biʿibādihi khabīrun baṣīrun

English And if Allāh had extended [excessively] provision for His servants, they would have committed tyranny throughout the earth. But He sends [it] down in an amount which He wills. Indeed He is, of His servants, Aware and Seeing.

  1. ۞ وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. بَسَطَbasaṭaAllah extends
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah extends
  4. ٱلرِّزْقَl-riz'qathe provision
  5. لِعِبَادِهِۦliʿibādihifor His slaves
  6. لَبَغَوْا۟labaghawsurely they would rebel
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  10. يُنَزِّلُyunazziluHe sends down
  11. بِقَدَرٍۢbiqadarinin (due) measure
  12. مَّاmāwhat
  13. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  14. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  15. بِعِبَادِهِۦbiʿibādihiof His slaves
  16. خَبِيرٌۢkhabīrun(is) All-Aware
  17. بَصِيرٌۭbaṣīrunAll-Seer

Verse 28

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُنَزِّلُ ٱلْغَيْثَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا قَنَطُوا۟ وَيَنشُرُ رَحْمَتَهُۥ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْوَلِىُّ ٱلْحَمِيدُ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yunazzilu l-ghaytha min baʿdi mā qanaṭū wayanshuru raḥmatahu wahuwa l-waliyu l-ḥamīdu

English And it is He who sends down the rain after they had despaired and spreads His mercy. And He is the Protector, the Praiseworthy.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يُنَزِّلُyunazzilusends down
  4. ٱلْغَيْثَl-ghaythathe rain
  5. مِنۢminafter
  6. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  7. مَاmā[what]
  8. قَنَطُوا۟qanaṭūthey have despaired
  9. وَيَنشُرُwayanshuruand spreads
  10. رَحْمَتَهُۥ ۚraḥmatahuHis mercy
  11. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  12. ٱلْوَلِىُّl-waliyu(is) the Protector
  13. ٱلْحَمِيدُl-ḥamīduthe Praiseworthy

Verse 29

وَمِنْ ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ خَلْقُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَثَّ فِيهِمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍ ۚ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ جَمْعِهِمْ إِذَا يَشَآءُ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration wamin āyātihi khalqu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā batha fīhimā min dābbatin wahuwa ʿalā jamʿihim idhā yashāu qadīrun

English And of His signs is the creation of the heavens and earth and what He has dispersed throughout them of creatures. And He, for gathering them when He wills, is competent.

  1. وَمِنْwaminAnd among
  2. ءَايَـٰتِهِۦāyātihiHis Signs
  3. خَلْقُkhalqu(is the) creation
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  6. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  7. بَثَّbathaHe has dispersed
  8. فِيهِمَاfīhimāin both of them
  9. مِنminof
  10. دَآبَّةٍۢ ۚdābbatin(the) creatures
  11. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  12. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) over
  13. جَمْعِهِمْjamʿihimtheir gathering
  14. إِذَاidhāwhen
  15. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  16. قَدِيرٌۭqadīrunAll-Powerful

Verse 30

وَمَآ أَصَـٰبَكُم مِّن مُّصِيبَةٍ فَبِمَا كَسَبَتْ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَيَعْفُوا۟ عَن كَثِيرٍ

Transliteration wamā aṣābakum min muṣībatin fabimā kasabat aydīkum wayaʿfū ʿan kathīrin

English And whatever strikes you of disaster - it is for what your hands have earned; but He pardons much.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd whatever
  2. أَصَـٰبَكُمaṣābakumbefalls you
  3. مِّنminof
  4. مُّصِيبَةٍۢmuṣībatin(the) misfortune
  5. فَبِمَاfabimā(is because) of what
  6. كَسَبَتْkasabathave earned
  7. أَيْدِيكُمْaydīkumyour hands
  8. وَيَعْفُوا۟wayaʿfūBut He pardons
  9. عَنʿan[from]
  10. كَثِيرٍۢkathīrinmuch

Verse 31

وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِن وَلِىٍّ وَلَا نَصِيرٍ

Transliteration wamā antum bimuʿ'jizīna fī l-arḍi wamā lakum min dūni l-lahi min waliyyin walā naṣīrin

English And you will not cause failure [to Allāh] upon the earth. And you have not besides Allāh any protector or helper.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَنتُمantumyou
  3. بِمُعْجِزِينَbimuʿ'jizīna(can) escape
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖl-arḍithe earth
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. لَكُمlakumfor you
  8. مِّنminbesides
  9. دُونِdūnibesides
  10. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  11. مِنminany
  12. وَلِىٍّۢwaliyyinprotector
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. نَصِيرٍۢnaṣīrinany helper

Verse 32

وَمِنْ ءَايَـٰتِهِ ٱلْجَوَارِ فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ كَٱلْأَعْلَـٰمِ

Transliteration wamin āyātihi l-jawāri fī l-baḥri kal-aʿlāmi

English And of His signs are the ships in the sea, like mountains.

  1. وَمِنْwaminAnd among
  2. ءَايَـٰتِهِāyātihiHis Signs
  3. ٱلْجَوَارِl-jawāri(are) the ships
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥrithe sea
  6. كَٱلْأَعْلَـٰمِkal-aʿlāmilike [the] mountains

Verse 33

إِن يَشَأْ يُسْكِنِ ٱلرِّيحَ فَيَظْلَلْنَ رَوَاكِدَ عَلَىٰ ظَهْرِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّكُلِّ صَبَّارٍ شَكُورٍ

Transliteration in yasha yus'kini l-rīḥa fayaẓlalna rawākida ʿalā ẓahrihi inna fī dhālika laāyātin likulli ṣabbārin shakūrin

English If He willed, He could still the wind, and they would remain motionless on its surface. Indeed in that are signs for everyone patient and grateful.

  1. إِنinIf
  2. يَشَأْyashaHe wills
  3. يُسْكِنِyus'kiniHe can cause the wind to become still
  4. ٱلرِّيحَl-rīḥaHe can cause the wind to become still
  5. فَيَظْلَلْنَfayaẓlalnathen they would remain
  6. رَوَاكِدَrawākidamotionless
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  8. ظَهْرِهِۦٓ ۚẓahrihiits back
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. فِىfīin
  11. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  12. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātinsurely (are) Signs
  13. لِّكُلِّlikullifor everyone
  14. صَبَّارٍۢṣabbārinpatient
  15. شَكُورٍshakūrin(and) grateful

Verse 34

أَوْ يُوبِقْهُنَّ بِمَا كَسَبُوا۟ وَيَعْفُ عَن كَثِيرٍ

Transliteration aw yūbiq'hunna bimā kasabū wayaʿfu ʿan kathīrin

English Or He could destroy them for what they earned; but He pardons much.

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. يُوبِقْهُنَّyūbiq'hunnaHe could destroy them
  3. بِمَاbimāfor what
  4. كَسَبُوا۟kasabūthey have earned
  5. وَيَعْفُwayaʿfubut He pardons
  6. عَنʿan[from]
  7. كَثِيرٍۢkathīrinmuch

Verse 35

وَيَعْلَمَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُجَـٰدِلُونَ فِىٓ ءَايَـٰتِنَا مَا لَهُم مِّن مَّحِيصٍ

Transliteration wayaʿlama alladhīna yujādilūna fī āyātinā mā lahum min maḥīṣin

English And [that is so] those who dispute concerning Our signs may know that for them there is no place of escape.

  1. وَيَعْلَمَwayaʿlamaAnd may know
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. يُجَـٰدِلُونَyujādilūnadispute
  4. فِىٓfīconcerning
  5. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Signs
  6. مَاmā(that) not
  7. لَهُمlahumfor them
  8. مِّنminany
  9. مَّحِيصٍۢmaḥīṣinplace of refuge

Verse 36

فَمَآ أُوتِيتُم مِّن شَىْءٍ فَمَتَـٰعُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَمَا عِندَ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌ وَأَبْقَىٰ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ يَتَوَكَّلُونَ

Transliteration famā ūtītum min shayin famatāʿu l-ḥayati l-dun'yā wamā ʿinda l-lahi khayrun wa-abqā lilladhīna āmanū waʿalā rabbihim yatawakkalūna

English So whatever thing you have been given - it is but [for] enjoyment of the worldly life. But what is with Allāh is better and more lasting for those who have believed and upon their Lord rely

  1. فَمَآfamāSo whatever
  2. أُوتِيتُمūtītumyou are given
  3. مِّنminof
  4. شَىْءٍۢshayina thing
  5. فَمَتَـٰعُfamatāʿu(is) but a passing enjoyment
  6. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(for) the life
  7. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖl-dun'yā(of) the world
  8. وَمَاwamāBut what
  9. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  10. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  11. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  12. وَأَبْقَىٰwa-abqāand more lasting
  13. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  14. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  15. وَعَلَىٰwaʿalāand upon
  16. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  17. يَتَوَكَّلُونَyatawakkalūnaput (their) trust

Verse 37

وَٱلَّذِينَ يَجْتَنِبُونَ كَبَـٰٓئِرَ ٱلْإِثْمِ وَٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ وَإِذَا مَا غَضِبُوا۟ هُمْ يَغْفِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yajtanibūna kabāira l-ith'mi wal-fawāḥisha wa-idhā mā ghaḍibū hum yaghfirūna

English And those who avoid the major sins and immoralities, and when they are angry, they forgive,

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يَجْتَنِبُونَyajtanibūnaavoid
  3. كَبَـٰٓئِرَkabāira(the) greater
  4. ٱلْإِثْمِl-ith'misins
  5. وَٱلْفَوَٰحِشَwal-fawāḥishaand the immoralities
  6. وَإِذَاwa-idhāand when
  7. مَاmāand when
  8. غَضِبُوا۟ghaḍibūthey are angry
  9. هُمْhumthey
  10. يَغْفِرُونَyaghfirūnaforgive

Verse 38

وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَجَابُوا۟ لِرَبِّهِمْ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَأَمْرُهُمْ شُورَىٰ بَيْنَهُمْ وَمِمَّا رَزَقْنَـٰهُمْ يُنفِقُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna is'tajābū lirabbihim wa-aqāmū l-ṣalata wa-amruhum shūrā baynahum wamimmā razaqnāhum yunfiqūna

English And those who have responded to their Lord and established prayer and whose affair is [determined by] consultation among themselves, and from what We have provided them, they spend,

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. ٱسْتَجَابُوا۟is'tajābūrespond
  3. لِرَبِّهِمْlirabbihimto their Lord
  4. وَأَقَامُوا۟wa-aqāmūand establish
  5. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalataprayer
  6. وَأَمْرُهُمْwa-amruhumand their affairs
  7. شُورَىٰshūrā(are conducted by) consultation
  8. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong them
  9. وَمِمَّاwamimmāand from what
  10. رَزَقْنَـٰهُمْrazaqnāhumWe have provided them
  11. يُنفِقُونَyunfiqūnathey spend

Verse 39

وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَآ أَصَابَهُمُ ٱلْبَغْىُ هُمْ يَنتَصِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna idhā aṣābahumu l-baghyu hum yantaṣirūna

English And those who, when tyranny strikes them, they retaliate [in a just manner].

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. إِذَآidhāwhen
  3. أَصَابَهُمُaṣābahumustrikes them
  4. ٱلْبَغْىُl-baghyutyranny
  5. هُمْhumthey
  6. يَنتَصِرُونَyantaṣirūnadefend themselves

Verse 40

وَجَزَٰٓؤُا۟ سَيِّئَةٍ سَيِّئَةٌ مِّثْلُهَا ۖ فَمَنْ عَفَا وَأَصْلَحَ فَأَجْرُهُۥ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wajazāu sayyi-atin sayyi-atun mith'luhā faman ʿafā wa-aṣlaḥa fa-ajruhu ʿalā l-lahi innahu lā yuḥibbu l-ẓālimīna

English And the retribution for an evil act is an evil one like it, but whoever pardons and makes reconciliation - his reward is [due] from Allāh. Indeed, He does not like wrongdoers.

  1. وَجَزَٰٓؤُا۟wajazāu(The) recompense
  2. سَيِّئَةٍۢsayyi-atin(of) an evil
  3. سَيِّئَةٌۭsayyi-atun(is) an evil
  4. مِّثْلُهَا ۖmith'luhālike it
  5. فَمَنْfamanBut whoever
  6. عَفَاʿafāpardons
  7. وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand makes reconciliation
  8. فَأَجْرُهُۥfa-ajruhuthen his reward
  9. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  10. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  11. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  12. لَاlā(does) not
  13. يُحِبُّyuḥibbulike
  14. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 41

وَلَمَنِ ٱنتَصَرَ بَعْدَ ظُلْمِهِۦ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ مَا عَلَيْهِم مِّن سَبِيلٍ

Transliteration walamani intaṣara baʿda ẓul'mihi fa-ulāika mā ʿalayhim min sabīlin

English And whoever retaliates after having been wronged - those have not upon them any cause [for blame].

  1. وَلَمَنِwalamaniAnd surely whosoever
  2. ٱنتَصَرَintaṣaradefends himself
  3. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  4. ظُلْمِهِۦẓul'mihihe has been wronged
  5. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  6. مَاmānot
  7. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhim(is) against them
  8. مِّنminany
  9. سَبِيلٍsabīlinway

Verse 42

إِنَّمَا ٱلسَّبِيلُ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَظْلِمُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ وَيَبْغُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration innamā l-sabīlu ʿalā alladhīna yaẓlimūna l-nāsa wayabghūna fī l-arḍi bighayri l-ḥaqi ulāika lahum ʿadhābun alīmun

English The cause is only against the ones who wrong the people and tyrannize upon the earth without right. Those will have a painful punishment.

  1. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. ٱلسَّبِيلُl-sabīluthe way
  3. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  5. يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnaoppress
  6. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsathe people
  7. وَيَبْغُونَwayabghūnaand rebel
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  10. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  11. ٱلْحَقِّ ۚl-ḥaqiright
  12. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  13. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  14. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  15. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 43

وَلَمَن صَبَرَ وَغَفَرَ إِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ لَمِنْ عَزْمِ ٱلْأُمُورِ

Transliteration walaman ṣabara waghafara inna dhālika lamin ʿazmi l-umūri

English And whoever is patient and forgives - indeed, that is of the matters [worthy] of resolve.

  1. وَلَمَنwalamanAnd whoever
  2. صَبَرَṣabara(is) patient
  3. وَغَفَرَwaghafaraand forgives
  4. إِنَّinnaindeed
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  6. لَمِنْlamin(is) surely of
  7. عَزْمِʿazmimatters of determination
  8. ٱلْأُمُورِl-umūrimatters of determination

Verse 44

وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَمَا لَهُۥ مِن وَلِىٍّ مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ ۗ وَتَرَى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ لَمَّا رَأَوُا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ يَقُولُونَ هَلْ إِلَىٰ مَرَدٍّ مِّن سَبِيلٍ

Transliteration waman yuḍ'lili l-lahu famā lahu min waliyyin min baʿdihi watarā l-ẓālimīna lammā ra-awū l-ʿadhāba yaqūlūna hal ilā maraddin min sabīlin

English And he whom Allāh sends astray - for him there is no protector beyond Him. And you will see the wrongdoers, when they see the punishment, saying, "Is there for return [to the former world] any way?"

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. يُضْلِلِyuḍ'liliAllah lets go astray
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah lets go astray
  4. فَمَاfamāthen not
  5. لَهُۥlahufor him
  6. مِنminany
  7. وَلِىٍّۢwaliyyinprotector
  8. مِّنۢminafter Him
  9. بَعْدِهِۦ ۗbaʿdihiafter Him
  10. وَتَرَىwatarāAnd you will see
  11. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  12. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  13. رَأَوُا۟ra-awūthey see
  14. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  15. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnasaying
  16. هَلْhalIs
  17. إِلَىٰilā(there) for
  18. مَرَدٍّۢmaraddinreturn
  19. مِّنminany
  20. سَبِيلٍۢsabīlinway

Verse 45

وَتَرَىٰهُمْ يُعْرَضُونَ عَلَيْهَا خَـٰشِعِينَ مِنَ ٱلذُّلِّ يَنظُرُونَ مِن طَرْفٍ خَفِىٍّ ۗ وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَأَهْلِيهِمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ فِى عَذَابٍ مُّقِيمٍ

Transliteration watarāhum yuʿ'raḍūna ʿalayhā khāshiʿīna mina l-dhuli yanẓurūna min ṭarfin khafiyyin waqāla alladhīna āmanū inna l-khāsirīna alladhīna khasirū anfusahum wa-ahlīhim yawma l-qiyāmati alā inna l-ẓālimīna fī ʿadhābin muqīmin

English And you will see them being exposed to it [i.e., the Fire], humbled from humiliation, looking from [behind] a covert glance. And those who had believed will say, "Indeed, the [true] losers are the ones who lost themselves and their families on the Day of Resurrection. Unquestionably, the wrongdoers are in an enduring punishment."

  1. وَتَرَىٰهُمْwatarāhumAnd you will see them
  2. يُعْرَضُونَyuʿ'raḍūnabeing exposed
  3. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāto it
  4. خَـٰشِعِينَkhāshiʿīnahumbled
  5. مِنَminaby
  6. ٱلذُّلِّl-dhulidisgrace
  7. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnalooking
  8. مِنminwith
  9. طَرْفٍṭarfina glance
  10. خَفِىٍّۢ ۗkhafiyyinstealthy
  11. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd will say
  12. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  13. ءَامَنُوٓا۟āmanūbelieved
  14. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  15. ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers
  16. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) those who
  17. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūlost
  18. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
  19. وَأَهْلِيهِمْwa-ahlīhimand their families
  20. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  21. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  22. أَلَآalāUnquestionably
  23. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  24. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  25. فِىfī(are) in
  26. عَذَابٍۢʿadhābina punishment
  27. مُّقِيمٍۢmuqīminlasting

Verse 46

وَمَا كَانَ لَهُم مِّنْ أَوْلِيَآءَ يَنصُرُونَهُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَمَا لَهُۥ مِن سَبِيلٍ

Transliteration wamā kāna lahum min awliyāa yanṣurūnahum min dūni l-lahi waman yuḍ'lili l-lahu famā lahu min sabīlin

English And there will not be for them any allies to aid them other than Allāh. And whoever Allāh sends astray - for him there is no way.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. كَانَkānawill be
  3. لَهُمlahumfor them
  4. مِّنْminany
  5. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāaprotector
  6. يَنصُرُونَهُمyanṣurūnahum(who) will help them
  7. مِّنminbesides
  8. دُونِdūnibesides
  9. ٱللَّهِ ۗl-lahiAllah
  10. وَمَنwamanAnd whom
  11. يُضْلِلِyuḍ'liliAllah lets go astray
  12. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah lets go astray
  13. فَمَاfamāthen not
  14. لَهُۥlahufor him
  15. مِنminany
  16. سَبِيلٍsabīlinway

Verse 47

ٱسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لِرَبِّكُم مِّن قَبْلِ أَن يَأْتِىَ يَوْمٌ لَّا مَرَدَّ لَهُۥ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ مَا لَكُم مِّن مَّلْجَإٍ يَوْمَئِذٍ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن نَّكِيرٍ

Transliteration is'tajībū lirabbikum min qabli an yatiya yawmun lā maradda lahu mina l-lahi mā lakum min malja-in yawma-idhin wamā lakum min nakīrin

English Respond to your Lord before a Day comes from Allāh of which there is no repelling. No refuge will you have that Day, nor for you will there be any denial.

  1. ٱسْتَجِيبُوا۟is'tajībūRespond
  2. لِرَبِّكُمlirabbikumto your Lord
  3. مِّنminbefore
  4. قَبْلِqablibefore
  5. أَنan[that]
  6. يَأْتِىَyatiyacomes
  7. يَوْمٌۭyawmuna Day
  8. لَّاlā(there is) no
  9. مَرَدَّmaraddaaverting
  10. لَهُۥlahufor it
  11. مِنَminafrom
  12. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  13. مَاmāNot
  14. لَكُمlakum(is) for you
  15. مِّنminany
  16. مَّلْجَإٍۢmalja-inrefuge
  17. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhin(on) that Day
  18. وَمَاwamāand not
  19. لَكُمlakumfor you
  20. مِّنminany
  21. نَّكِيرٍۢnakīrindenial

Verse 48

فَإِنْ أَعْرَضُوا۟ فَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًا ۖ إِنْ عَلَيْكَ إِلَّا ٱلْبَلَـٰغُ ۗ وَإِنَّآ إِذَآ أَذَقْنَا ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ مِنَّا رَحْمَةً فَرِحَ بِهَا ۖ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌۢ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ فَإِنَّ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ كَفُورٌ

Transliteration fa-in aʿraḍū famā arsalnāka ʿalayhim ḥafīẓan in ʿalayka illā l-balāghu wa-innā idhā adhaqnā l-insāna minnā raḥmatan fariḥa bihā wa-in tuṣib'hum sayyi-atun bimā qaddamat aydīhim fa-inna l-insāna kafūrun

English But if they turn away - then We have not sent you, [O Muḥammad], over them as a guardian; upon you is only [the duty of] notification. And indeed, when We let man taste mercy from Us, he rejoices in it; but if evil afflicts him for what his hands have put forth, then indeed, man is ungrateful.

  1. فَإِنْfa-inThen if
  2. أَعْرَضُوا۟aʿraḍūthey turn away
  3. فَمَآfamāthen not
  4. أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَarsalnākaWe have sent you
  5. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimover them
  6. حَفِيظًا ۖḥafīẓan(as) a guardian
  7. إِنْinNot
  8. عَلَيْكَʿalayka(is) on you
  9. إِلَّاillāexcept
  10. ٱلْبَلَـٰغُ ۗl-balāghuthe conveyance
  11. وَإِنَّآwa-innāAnd indeed
  12. إِذَآidhāwhen
  13. أَذَقْنَاadhaqnāWe cause to taste
  14. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insāna[the] man
  15. مِنَّاminnāfrom Us
  16. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatanMercy
  17. فَرِحَfariḥahe rejoices
  18. بِهَا ۖbihāin it
  19. وَإِنwa-inBut if
  20. تُصِبْهُمْtuṣib'humbefalls them
  21. سَيِّئَةٌۢsayyi-atunevil
  22. بِمَاbimāfor what
  23. قَدَّمَتْqaddamathave sent forth
  24. أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimtheir hands
  25. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  26. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insāna[the] man
  27. كَفُورٌۭkafūrun(is) ungrateful

Verse 49

لِّلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ ۚ يَهَبُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ إِنَـٰثًا وَيَهَبُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ ٱلذُّكُورَ

Transliteration lillahi mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi yakhluqu mā yashāu yahabu liman yashāu ināthan wayahabu liman yashāu l-dhukūra

English To Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth; He creates what He wills. He gives to whom He wills female [children], and He gives to whom He wills males.

  1. لِّلَّهِlillahiTo Allah
  2. مُلْكُmul'ku(belongs the) dominion
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. يَخْلُقُyakhluquHe creates
  6. مَاmāwhat
  7. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  8. يَهَبُyahabuHe grants
  9. لِمَنlimanto whom
  10. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  11. إِنَـٰثًۭاināthanfemales
  12. وَيَهَبُwayahabuand He grants
  13. لِمَنlimanto whom
  14. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  15. ٱلذُّكُورَl-dhukūra[the] males

Verse 50

أَوْ يُزَوِّجُهُمْ ذُكْرَانًا وَإِنَـٰثًا ۖ وَيَجْعَلُ مَن يَشَآءُ عَقِيمًا ۚ إِنَّهُۥ عَلِيمٌ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration aw yuzawwijuhum dhuk'rānan wa-ināthan wayajʿalu man yashāu ʿaqīman innahu ʿalīmun qadīrun

English Or He makes them [both] males and females, and He renders whom He wills barren. Indeed, He is Knowing and Competent.

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. يُزَوِّجُهُمْyuzawwijuhumHe grants them
  3. ذُكْرَانًۭاdhuk'rānanmales
  4. وَإِنَـٰثًۭا ۖwa-ināthanand females
  5. وَيَجْعَلُwayajʿaluand He makes
  6. مَنmanwhom
  7. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  8. عَقِيمًا ۚʿaqīmanbarren
  9. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  10. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  11. قَدِيرٌۭqadīrunAll-Powerful

Verse 51

۞ وَمَا كَانَ لِبَشَرٍ أَن يُكَلِّمَهُ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا وَحْيًا أَوْ مِن وَرَآئِ حِجَابٍ أَوْ يُرْسِلَ رَسُولًا فَيُوحِىَ بِإِذْنِهِۦ مَا يَشَآءُ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ عَلِىٌّ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration wamā kāna libasharin an yukallimahu l-lahu illā waḥyan aw min warāi ḥijābin aw yur'sila rasūlan fayūḥiya bi-idh'nihi mā yashāu innahu ʿaliyyun ḥakīmun

English And it is not for any human being that Allāh should speak to him except by revelation or from behind a partition or that He sends a messenger [i.e., angel] to reveal, by His permission, what He wills. Indeed, He is Most High and Wise.

  1. ۞ وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. لِبَشَرٍlibasharinfor any human
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يُكَلِّمَهُyukallimahuAllah should speak to him
  6. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah should speak to him
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. وَحْيًاwaḥyan(by) revelation
  9. أَوْawor
  10. مِنminfrom
  11. وَرَآئِwarāibehind
  12. حِجَابٍḥijābina veil
  13. أَوْawor
  14. يُرْسِلَyur'sila(by) sending
  15. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana messenger
  16. فَيُوحِىَfayūḥiyathen he reveals
  17. بِإِذْنِهِۦbi-idh'nihiby His permission
  18. مَاmāwhat
  19. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  20. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  21. عَلِىٌّʿaliyyun(is) Most High
  22. حَكِيمٌۭḥakīmunMost Wise

Verse 52

وَكَذَٰلِكَ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ رُوحًا مِّنْ أَمْرِنَا ۚ مَا كُنتَ تَدْرِى مَا ٱلْكِتَـٰبُ وَلَا ٱلْإِيمَـٰنُ وَلَـٰكِن جَعَلْنَـٰهُ نُورًا نَّهْدِى بِهِۦ مَن نَّشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ۚ وَإِنَّكَ لَتَهْدِىٓ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration wakadhālika awḥaynā ilayka rūḥan min amrinā mā kunta tadrī mā l-kitābu walā l-īmānu walākin jaʿalnāhu nūran nahdī bihi man nashāu min ʿibādinā wa-innaka latahdī ilā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English And thus We have revealed to you an inspiration of Our command [i.e., the Qur’ān]. You did not know what is the Book or [what is] faith, but We have made it a light by which We guide whom We will of Our servants. And indeed, [O Muḥammad], you guide to a straight path -

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe have revealed
  3. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  4. رُوحًۭاrūḥanan inspiration
  5. مِّنْminby
  6. أَمْرِنَا ۚamrināOur Command
  7. مَاmāNot
  8. كُنتَkunta(did) you
  9. تَدْرِىtadrīknow
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. ٱلْكِتَـٰبُl-kitābuthe Book (is)
  12. وَلَاwalāand not
  13. ٱلْإِيمَـٰنُl-īmānuthe faith
  14. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinBut
  15. جَعَلْنَـٰهُjaʿalnāhuWe have made it
  16. نُورًۭاnūrana light
  17. نَّهْدِىnahdīWe guide
  18. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  19. مَنmanwhom
  20. نَّشَآءُnashāuWe will
  21. مِنْminof
  22. عِبَادِنَا ۚʿibādināOur slaves
  23. وَإِنَّكَwa-innakaAnd indeed, you
  24. لَتَهْدِىٓlatahdīsurely guide
  25. إِلَىٰilāto
  26. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭin(the) Path
  27. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminStraight

Verse 53

صِرَٰطِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّذِى لَهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ أَلَآ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ تَصِيرُ ٱلْأُمُورُ

Transliteration ṣirāṭi l-lahi alladhī lahu mā fī l-samāwāti wamā fī l-arḍi alā ilā l-lahi taṣīru l-umūru

English The path of Allāh, to whom belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. Unquestionably, to Allāh do [all] matters evolve [i.e., return].

  1. صِرَٰطِṣirāṭi(The) path
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One
  4. لَهُۥlahuto Whom
  5. مَاmā(belongs) whatever
  6. فِىfī(is) in
  7. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  8. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  9. فِىfī(is) in
  10. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗl-arḍithe earth
  11. أَلَآalāUnquestionably
  12. إِلَىilāTo
  13. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  14. تَصِيرُtaṣīrureach
  15. ٱلْأُمُورُl-umūruall affairs

Surah Az-Zukhruf الزخرف verses 1–89

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

حمٓ

Transliteration hha-meem

English Ḥā, Meem.

  1. حمٓhha-meemHa Meem

Verse 2

وَٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ٱلْمُبِينِ

Transliteration wal-kitābi l-mubīni

English By the clear Book,

  1. وَٱلْكِتَـٰبِwal-kitābiBy the Book
  2. ٱلْمُبِينِl-mubīnithe clear

Verse 3

إِنَّا جَعَلْنَـٰهُ قُرْءَٰنًا عَرَبِيًّا لَّعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration innā jaʿalnāhu qur'ānan ʿarabiyyan laʿallakum taʿqilūna

English Indeed, We have made it an Arabic Qur’ān that you might understand.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. جَعَلْنَـٰهُjaʿalnāhu(have) made it
  3. قُرْءَٰنًاqur'ānana Quran
  4. عَرَبِيًّۭاʿarabiyyan(in) Arabic
  5. لَّعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  6. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnaunderstand

Verse 4

وَإِنَّهُۥ فِىٓ أُمِّ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ لَدَيْنَا لَعَلِىٌّ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-innahu fī ummi l-kitābi ladaynā laʿaliyyun ḥakīmun

English And indeed it is, in the Mother of the Book with Us, exalted and full of wisdom.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. فِىٓfī(is) in
  3. أُمِّummi(the) Mother
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
  5. لَدَيْنَاladaynāwith Us
  6. لَعَلِىٌّlaʿaliyyunsurely exalted
  7. حَكِيمٌḥakīmunfull of wisdom

Verse 5

أَفَنَضْرِبُ عَنكُمُ ٱلذِّكْرَ صَفْحًا أَن كُنتُمْ قَوْمًا مُّسْرِفِينَ

Transliteration afanaḍribu ʿankumu l-dhik'ra ṣafḥan an kuntum qawman mus'rifīna

English Then should We turn the message away, disregarding you, because you are a transgressing people?

  1. أَفَنَضْرِبُafanaḍribuThen should We take away
  2. عَنكُمُʿankumufrom you
  3. ٱلذِّكْرَl-dhik'rathe Reminder
  4. صَفْحًاṣafḥandisregarding (you)
  5. أَنanbecause
  6. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  7. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  8. مُّسْرِفِينَmus'rifīnatransgressing

Verse 6

وَكَمْ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن نَّبِىٍّ فِى ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration wakam arsalnā min nabiyyin fī l-awalīna

English And how many a prophet We sent among the former peoples,

  1. وَكَمْwakamAnd how many
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. مِنminof
  4. نَّبِىٍّۢnabiyyina Prophet
  5. فِىfīamong
  6. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīnathe former (people)

Verse 7

وَمَا يَأْتِيهِم مِّن نَّبِىٍّ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration wamā yatīhim min nabiyyin illā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English But there would not come to them a prophet except that they used to ridicule him.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. يَأْتِيهِمyatīhimcame to them
  3. مِّنminany Prophet
  4. نَّبِىٍّnabiyyinany Prophet
  5. إِلَّاillābut
  6. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  7. بِهِۦbihimock at him
  8. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock at him

Verse 8

فَأَهْلَكْنَآ أَشَدَّ مِنْهُم بَطْشًا وَمَضَىٰ مَثَلُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration fa-ahlaknā ashadda min'hum baṭshan wamaḍā mathalu l-awalīna

English And We destroyed greater than them in [striking] power, and the example of the former peoples has preceded.

  1. فَأَهْلَكْنَآfa-ahlaknāThen We destroyed
  2. أَشَدَّashaddastronger
  3. مِنْهُمmin'humthan them
  4. بَطْشًۭاbaṭshan(in) power
  5. وَمَضَىٰwamaḍāand has passed
  6. مَثَلُmathalu(the) example
  7. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 9

وَلَئِن سَأَلْتَهُم مَّنْ خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ لَيَقُولُنَّ خَلَقَهُنَّ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration wala-in sa-altahum man khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa layaqūlunna khalaqahunna l-ʿazīzu l-ʿalīmu

English And if you should ask them, "Who has created the heavens and the earth?" they would surely say, "They were created by the Exalted in Might, the Knowing,"

  1. وَلَئِنwala-inAnd if
  2. سَأَلْتَهُمsa-altahumyou ask them
  3. مَّنْmanWho
  4. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  7. لَيَقُولُنَّlayaqūlunnaThey will surely say
  8. خَلَقَهُنَّkhalaqahunnaCreated them
  9. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuthe All-Mighty
  10. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuthe All-Knower

Verse 10

ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضَ مَهْدًا وَجَعَلَ لَكُمْ فِيهَا سُبُلًا لَّعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration alladhī jaʿala lakumu l-arḍa mahdan wajaʿala lakum fīhā subulan laʿallakum tahtadūna

English [The one] who has made for you the earth a bed and made for you upon it roads that you might be guided

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  3. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  4. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  5. مَهْدًۭاmahdana bed
  6. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  7. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  8. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  9. سُبُلًۭاsubulanroads
  10. لَّعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  11. تَهْتَدُونَtahtadūna(be) guided

Verse 11

وَٱلَّذِى نَزَّلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءًۢ بِقَدَرٍ فَأَنشَرْنَا بِهِۦ بَلْدَةً مَّيْتًا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ تُخْرَجُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhī nazzala mina l-samāi māan biqadarin fa-ansharnā bihi baldatan maytan kadhālika tukh'rajūna

English And who sends down rain from the sky in measured amounts, and We revive thereby a dead land - thus will you be brought forth -

  1. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhīAnd the One Who
  2. نَزَّلَnazzalasends down
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  5. مَآءًۢmāanwater
  6. بِقَدَرٍۢbiqadarinin (due) measure
  7. فَأَنشَرْنَاfa-ansharnāthen We revive
  8. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  9. بَلْدَةًۭbaldatana land
  10. مَّيْتًۭا ۚmaytandead
  11. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  12. تُخْرَجُونَtukh'rajūnayou will be brought forth

Verse 12

وَٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلْأَزْوَٰجَ كُلَّهَا وَجَعَلَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْفُلْكِ وَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ مَا تَرْكَبُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhī khalaqa l-azwāja kullahā wajaʿala lakum mina l-ful'ki wal-anʿāmi mā tarkabūna

English And who created the species, all of them, and has made for you of ships and animals those which you mount

  1. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhīAnd the One Who
  2. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  3. ٱلْأَزْوَٰجَl-azwājathe pairs
  4. كُلَّهَاkullahāall of them
  5. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  6. لَكُمlakumfor you
  7. مِّنَmina[of]
  8. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ships
  9. وَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِwal-anʿāmiand the cattle
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. تَرْكَبُونَtarkabūnayou ride

Verse 13

لِتَسْتَوُۥا۟ عَلَىٰ ظُهُورِهِۦ ثُمَّ تَذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَةَ رَبِّكُمْ إِذَا ٱسْتَوَيْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ وَتَقُولُوا۟ سُبْحَـٰنَ ٱلَّذِى سَخَّرَ لَنَا هَـٰذَا وَمَا كُنَّا لَهُۥ مُقْرِنِينَ

Transliteration litastawū ʿalā ẓuhūrihi thumma tadhkurū niʿ'mata rabbikum idhā is'tawaytum ʿalayhi wataqūlū sub'ḥāna alladhī sakhara lanā hādhā wamā kunnā lahu muq'rinīna

English That you may settle yourselves upon their backs and then remember the favor of your Lord when you have settled upon them and say, "Exalted is He who has subjected this to us, and we could not have [otherwise] subdued it.

  1. لِتَسْتَوُۥا۟litastawūThat you may sit firmly
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  3. ظُهُورِهِۦẓuhūrihitheir backs
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. تَذْكُرُوا۟tadhkurūremember
  6. نِعْمَةَniʿ'mata(the) favor
  7. رَبِّكُمْrabbikum(of) your Lord
  8. إِذَاidhāwhen
  9. ٱسْتَوَيْتُمْis'tawaytumyou sit firmly
  10. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion them
  11. وَتَقُولُوا۟wataqūlūand say
  12. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be (to)
  13. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  14. سَخَّرَsakhara(has) subjected
  15. لَنَاlanāto us
  16. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  17. وَمَاwamāand not
  18. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  19. لَهُۥlahuof it
  20. مُقْرِنِينَmuq'rinīnacapable

Verse 14

وَإِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا لَمُنقَلِبُونَ

Transliteration wa-innā ilā rabbinā lamunqalibūna

English And indeed we, to our Lord, will [surely] return."

  1. وَإِنَّآwa-innāAnd indeed, we
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  4. لَمُنقَلِبُونَlamunqalibūnawill surely return

Verse 15

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لَهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ جُزْءًا ۚ إِنَّ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ لَكَفُورٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration wajaʿalū lahu min ʿibādihi juz'an inna l-insāna lakafūrun mubīnun

English But they have attributed to Him from His servants a portion. Indeed, man is clearly ungrateful.

  1. وَجَعَلُوا۟wajaʿalūBut they attribute
  2. لَهُۥlahuto Him
  3. مِنْminfrom
  4. عِبَادِهِۦʿibādihiHis slaves
  5. جُزْءًا ۚjuz'ana portion
  6. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  7. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insānaman
  8. لَكَفُورٌۭlakafūrunsurely (is) clearly ungrateful
  9. مُّبِينٌmubīnunsurely (is) clearly ungrateful

Verse 16

أَمِ ٱتَّخَذَ مِمَّا يَخْلُقُ بَنَاتٍ وَأَصْفَىٰكُم بِٱلْبَنِينَ

Transliteration ami ittakhadha mimmā yakhluqu banātin wa-aṣfākum bil-banīna

English Or has He taken, out of what He has created, daughters and chosen you for [having] sons?

  1. أَمِamiOr
  2. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhahas He taken
  3. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  4. يَخْلُقُyakhluquHe has created
  5. بَنَاتٍۢbanātindaughters
  6. وَأَصْفَىٰكُمwa-aṣfākumand He has chosen (for) you
  7. بِٱلْبَنِينَbil-banīnasons

Verse 17

وَإِذَا بُشِّرَ أَحَدُهُم بِمَا ضَرَبَ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ مَثَلًا ظَلَّ وَجْهُهُۥ مُسْوَدًّا وَهُوَ كَظِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-idhā bushira aḥaduhum bimā ḍaraba lilrraḥmāni mathalan ẓalla wajhuhu mus'waddan wahuwa kaẓīmun

English And when one of them is given good tidings of that which he attributes to the Most Merciful in comparison [i.e., a daughter], his face becomes dark, and he suppresses grief.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. بُشِّرَbushirais given good news
  3. أَحَدُهُمaḥaduhum(to) one of them
  4. بِمَاbimāof what
  5. ضَرَبَḍarabahe sets up
  6. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānifor the Most Gracious
  7. مَثَلًۭاmathalan(as) a likeness
  8. ظَلَّẓallabecomes
  9. وَجْهُهُۥwajhuhuhis face
  10. مُسْوَدًّۭاmus'waddandark
  11. وَهُوَwahuwaand he
  12. كَظِيمٌkaẓīmun(is) filled with grief

Verse 18

أَوَمَن يُنَشَّؤُا۟ فِى ٱلْحِلْيَةِ وَهُوَ فِى ٱلْخِصَامِ غَيْرُ مُبِينٍ

Transliteration awaman yunasha-u fī l-ḥil'yati wahuwa fī l-khiṣāmi ghayru mubīnin

English So is one brought up in ornaments while being during conflict unevident [attributed to Allāh]?

  1. أَوَمَنawamanThen (is one) who
  2. يُنَشَّؤُا۟yunasha-uis brought up
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْحِلْيَةِl-ḥil'yatiornaments
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaand he
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْخِصَامِl-khiṣāmithe dispute
  8. غَيْرُghayru(is) not
  9. مُبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 19

وَجَعَلُوا۟ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَ ٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ عِبَـٰدُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ إِنَـٰثًا ۚ أَشَهِدُوا۟ خَلْقَهُمْ ۚ سَتُكْتَبُ شَهَـٰدَتُهُمْ وَيُسْـَٔلُونَ

Transliteration wajaʿalū l-malāikata alladhīna hum ʿibādu l-raḥmāni ināthan ashahidū khalqahum satuk'tabu shahādatuhum wayus'alūna

English And they described the angels, who are servants of the Most Merciful, as females. Did they witness their creation? Their testimony will be recorded, and they will be questioned.

  1. وَجَعَلُوا۟wajaʿalūAnd they made
  2. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَl-malāikatathe Angels
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. هُمْhumthemselves
  5. عِبَـٰدُʿibādu(are) slaves
  6. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmāni(of) the Most Gracious
  7. إِنَـٰثًا ۚināthanfemales
  8. أَشَهِدُوا۟ashahidūDid they witness
  9. خَلْقَهُمْ ۚkhalqahumtheir creation
  10. سَتُكْتَبُsatuk'tabuWill be recorded
  11. شَهَـٰدَتُهُمْshahādatuhumtheir testimony
  12. وَيُسْـَٔلُونَwayus'alūnaand they will be questioned

Verse 20

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْ شَآءَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ مَا عَبَدْنَـٰهُم ۗ مَّا لَهُم بِذَٰلِكَ مِنْ عِلْمٍ ۖ إِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَخْرُصُونَ

Transliteration waqālū law shāa l-raḥmānu mā ʿabadnāhum mā lahum bidhālika min ʿil'min in hum illā yakhruṣūna

English And they said, "If the Most Merciful had willed, we would not have worshipped them." They have of that no knowledge. They are not but misjudging.

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. لَوْlawIf
  3. شَآءَshāahad willed
  4. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  5. مَاmāwe would not have worshipped them
  6. عَبَدْنَـٰهُم ۗʿabadnāhumwe would not have worshipped them
  7. مَّاmāNot
  8. لَهُمlahumthey have
  9. بِذَٰلِكَbidhālikaabout that
  10. مِنْminany
  11. عِلْمٍ ۖʿil'minknowledge
  12. إِنْinNothing
  13. هُمْhumthey (do)
  14. إِلَّاillābut
  15. يَخْرُصُونَyakhruṣūnalie

Verse 21

أَمْ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمْ كِتَـٰبًا مِّن قَبْلِهِۦ فَهُم بِهِۦ مُسْتَمْسِكُونَ

Transliteration am ātaynāhum kitāban min qablihi fahum bihi mus'tamsikūna

English Or have We given them a book before it [i.e., the Qur’ān] to which they are adhering?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمْātaynāhumhave We given them
  3. كِتَـٰبًۭاkitābana book
  4. مِّنminbefore it
  5. قَبْلِهِۦqablihibefore it
  6. فَهُمfahumso they
  7. بِهِۦbihito it
  8. مُسْتَمْسِكُونَmus'tamsikūna(are) holding fast

Verse 22

بَلْ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا وَجَدْنَآ ءَابَآءَنَا عَلَىٰٓ أُمَّةٍ وَإِنَّا عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَـٰرِهِم مُّهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration bal qālū innā wajadnā ābāanā ʿalā ummatin wa-innā ʿalā āthārihim muh'tadūna

English Rather, they say, "Indeed, we found our fathers upon a religion, and we are in their footsteps [rightly] guided."

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey say
  3. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  4. وَجَدْنَآwajadnā[we] found
  5. ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
  6. عَلَىٰٓʿalāupon
  7. أُمَّةٍۢummatina religion
  8. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  9. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  10. ءَاثَـٰرِهِمāthārihimtheir footsteps
  11. مُّهْتَدُونَmuh'tadūna(are) guided

Verse 23

وَكَذَٰلِكَ مَآ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن قَبْلِكَ فِى قَرْيَةٍ مِّن نَّذِيرٍ إِلَّا قَالَ مُتْرَفُوهَآ إِنَّا وَجَدْنَآ ءَابَآءَنَا عَلَىٰٓ أُمَّةٍ وَإِنَّا عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَـٰرِهِم مُّقْتَدُونَ

Transliteration wakadhālika mā arsalnā min qablika fī qaryatin min nadhīrin illā qāla mut'rafūhā innā wajadnā ābāanā ʿalā ummatin wa-innā ʿalā āthārihim muq'tadūna

English And similarly, We did not send before you any warner into a city except that its affluent said, "Indeed, we found our fathers upon a religion, and we are, in their footsteps, following."

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. مَآmānot
  3. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  4. مِنminbefore you
  5. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  6. فِىfīin
  7. قَرْيَةٍۢqaryatina town
  8. مِّنminany
  9. نَّذِيرٍnadhīrinwarner
  10. إِلَّاillāexcept
  11. قَالَqālasaid
  12. مُتْرَفُوهَآmut'rafūhā(the) wealthy ones of it
  13. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  14. وَجَدْنَآwajadnā[we] found
  15. ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
  16. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  17. أُمَّةٍۢummatina religion
  18. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  19. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  20. ءَاثَـٰرِهِمāthārihimtheir footsteps
  21. مُّقْتَدُونَmuq'tadūna(are) following

Verse 24

۞ قَـٰلَ أَوَلَوْ جِئْتُكُم بِأَهْدَىٰ مِمَّا وَجَدتُّمْ عَلَيْهِ ءَابَآءَكُمْ ۖ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِمَآ أُرْسِلْتُم بِهِۦ كَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration qāla awalaw ji'tukum bi-ahdā mimmā wajadttum ʿalayhi ābāakum qālū innā bimā ur'sil'tum bihi kāfirūna

English [Each warner] said, "Even if I brought you better guidance than that [religion] upon which you found your fathers?" They said, "Indeed we, in that with which you were sent, are disbelievers."

  1. ۞ قَـٰلَqālaHe said
  2. أَوَلَوْawalawEven if
  3. جِئْتُكُمji'tukumI brought you
  4. بِأَهْدَىٰbi-ahdābetter guidance
  5. مِمَّاmimmāthan what
  6. وَجَدتُّمْwajadttumyou found
  7. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion it
  8. ءَابَآءَكُمْ ۖābāakumyour forefathers
  9. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  10. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  11. بِمَآbimāwith what
  12. أُرْسِلْتُمur'sil'tumyou are sent
  13. بِهِۦbihiwith [it]
  14. كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūna(are) disbelievers

Verse 25

فَٱنتَقَمْنَا مِنْهُمْ ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration fa-intaqamnā min'hum fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-mukadhibīna

English So We took retribution from them; then see how was the end of the deniers.

  1. فَٱنتَقَمْنَاfa-intaqamnāSo We took retribution
  2. مِنْهُمْ ۖmin'humfrom them
  3. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurThen see
  4. كَيْفَkayfahow
  5. كَانَkānawas
  6. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  7. ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَl-mukadhibīna(of) the deniers

Verse 26

وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ لِأَبِيهِ وَقَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّنِى بَرَآءٌ مِّمَّا تَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration wa-idh qāla ib'rāhīmu li-abīhi waqawmihi innanī barāon mimmā taʿbudūna

English And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Abraham said to his father and his people, "Indeed, I am disassociated from that which you worship

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. قَالَqālaIbrahim Said
  3. إِبْرَٰهِيمُib'rāhīmuIbrahim Said
  4. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  5. وَقَوْمِهِۦٓwaqawmihiand his people
  6. إِنَّنِىinnanīIndeed, I (am)
  7. بَرَآءٌۭbarāondisassociated
  8. مِّمَّاmimmāfrom what
  9. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūnayou worship

Verse 27

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِى فَطَرَنِى فَإِنَّهُۥ سَيَهْدِينِ

Transliteration illā alladhī faṭaranī fa-innahu sayahdīni

English Except for He who created me; and indeed, He will guide me."

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  3. فَطَرَنِىfaṭaranīcreated me
  4. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuand indeed, He
  5. سَيَهْدِينِsayahdīniwill guide me

Verse 28

وَجَعَلَهَا كَلِمَةًۢ بَاقِيَةً فِى عَقِبِهِۦ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration wajaʿalahā kalimatan bāqiyatan fī ʿaqibihi laʿallahum yarjiʿūna

English And he made it a word remaining among his descendants that they might return [to it].

  1. وَجَعَلَهَاwajaʿalahāAnd he made it
  2. كَلِمَةًۢkalimatana word
  3. بَاقِيَةًۭbāqiyatanlasting
  4. فِىfīamong
  5. عَقِبِهِۦʿaqibihihis descendents
  6. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  7. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn

Verse 29

بَلْ مَتَّعْتُ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ وَءَابَآءَهُمْ حَتَّىٰ جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْحَقُّ وَرَسُولٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration bal mattaʿtu hāulāi waābāahum ḥattā jāahumu l-ḥaqu warasūlun mubīnun

English However, I gave enjoyment to these [people of Makkah] and their fathers until there came to them the truth and a clear Messenger.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. مَتَّعْتُmattaʿtuI gave enjoyment
  3. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāi(to) these
  4. وَءَابَآءَهُمْwaābāahumand their forefathers
  5. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  6. جَآءَهُمُjāahumucame to them
  7. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  8. وَرَسُولٌۭwarasūlunand a Messenger
  9. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 30

وَلَمَّا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْحَقُّ قَالُوا۟ هَـٰذَا سِحْرٌ وَإِنَّا بِهِۦ كَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration walammā jāahumu l-ḥaqu qālū hādhā siḥ'run wa-innā bihi kāfirūna

English But when the truth came to them, they said, "This is magic, and indeed we are, concerning it, disbelievers."

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. جَآءَهُمُjāahumucame to them
  3. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  4. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  6. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'run(is) magic
  7. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  8. بِهِۦbihiof it
  9. كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūna(are) disbelievers

Verse 31

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانُ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنَ ٱلْقَرْيَتَيْنِ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration waqālū lawlā nuzzila hādhā l-qur'ānu ʿalā rajulin mina l-qaryatayni ʿaẓīmin

English And they said, "Why was this Qur’ān not sent down upon a great man from [one of] the two cities?"

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy not
  3. نُزِّلَnuzzilawas sent down
  4. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  5. ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānuthe Quran
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  7. رَجُلٍۢrajulina man
  8. مِّنَminafrom
  9. ٱلْقَرْيَتَيْنِl-qaryataynithe two towns
  10. عَظِيمٍʿaẓīmingreat

Verse 32

أَهُمْ يَقْسِمُونَ رَحْمَتَ رَبِّكَ ۚ نَحْنُ قَسَمْنَا بَيْنَهُم مَّعِيشَتَهُمْ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَرَفَعْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ فَوْقَ بَعْضٍ دَرَجَـٰتٍ لِّيَتَّخِذَ بَعْضُهُم بَعْضًا سُخْرِيًّا ۗ وَرَحْمَتُ رَبِّكَ خَيْرٌ مِّمَّا يَجْمَعُونَ

Transliteration ahum yaqsimūna raḥmata rabbika naḥnu qasamnā baynahum maʿīshatahum fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā warafaʿnā baʿḍahum fawqa baʿḍin darajātin liyattakhidha baʿḍuhum baʿḍan sukh'riyyan waraḥmatu rabbika khayrun mimmā yajmaʿūna

English Do they distribute the mercy of your Lord? It is We who have apportioned among them their livelihood in the life of this world and have raised some of them above others in degrees [of rank] that they may make use of one another for service. But the mercy of your Lord is better than whatever they accumulate.

  1. أَهُمْahumDo they
  2. يَقْسِمُونَyaqsimūnadistribute
  3. رَحْمَتَraḥmata(the) Mercy
  4. رَبِّكَ ۚrabbika(of) your Lord
  5. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  6. قَسَمْنَاqasamnā[We] distribute
  7. بَيْنَهُمbaynahumamong them
  8. مَّعِيشَتَهُمْmaʿīshatahumtheir livelihood
  9. فِىfīin
  10. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  11. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  12. وَرَفَعْنَاwarafaʿnāand We raise
  13. بَعْضَهُمْbaʿḍahumsome of them
  14. فَوْقَfawqaabove
  15. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinothers
  16. دَرَجَـٰتٍۢdarajātin(in) degrees
  17. لِّيَتَّخِذَliyattakhidhaso that may take
  18. بَعْضُهُمbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  19. بَعْضًۭاbaʿḍanothers
  20. سُخْرِيًّۭا ۗsukh'riyyan(for) service
  21. وَرَحْمَتُwaraḥmatuBut (the) Mercy
  22. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  23. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  24. مِّمَّاmimmāthan what
  25. يَجْمَعُونَyajmaʿūnathey accumulate

Verse 33

وَلَوْلَآ أَن يَكُونَ ٱلنَّاسُ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً لَّجَعَلْنَا لِمَن يَكْفُرُ بِٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ لِبُيُوتِهِمْ سُقُفًا مِّن فِضَّةٍ وَمَعَارِجَ عَلَيْهَا يَظْهَرُونَ

Transliteration walawlā an yakūna l-nāsu ummatan wāḥidatan lajaʿalnā liman yakfuru bil-raḥmāni libuyūtihim suqufan min fiḍḍatin wamaʿārija ʿalayhā yaẓharūna

English And if it were not that the people would become one community [of disbelievers], We would have made for those who disbelieve in the Most Merciful - for their houses - ceilings and stairways of silver upon which to mount.

  1. وَلَوْلَآwalawlāAnd if not
  2. أَنanthat
  3. يَكُونَyakūna(would) become
  4. ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsu[the] mankind
  5. أُمَّةًۭummatana community
  6. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatanone
  7. لَّجَعَلْنَاlajaʿalnāWe (would have) made
  8. لِمَنlimanfor (one) who
  9. يَكْفُرُyakfurudisbelieves
  10. بِٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِbil-raḥmāniin the Most Gracious
  11. لِبُيُوتِهِمْlibuyūtihimfor their houses
  12. سُقُفًۭاsuqufanroofs
  13. مِّنminof
  14. فِضَّةٍۢfiḍḍatinsilver
  15. وَمَعَارِجَwamaʿārijaand stairways
  16. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon which
  17. يَظْهَرُونَyaẓharūnathey mount

Verse 34

وَلِبُيُوتِهِمْ أَبْوَٰبًا وَسُرُرًا عَلَيْهَا يَتَّكِـُٔونَ

Transliteration walibuyūtihim abwāban wasururan ʿalayhā yattakiūna

English And for their houses - doors and couches [of silver] upon which to recline

  1. وَلِبُيُوتِهِمْwalibuyūtihimAnd for their houses
  2. أَبْوَٰبًۭاabwābandoors
  3. وَسُرُرًاwasururanand couches
  4. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon which
  5. يَتَّكِـُٔونَyattakiūnathey recline

Verse 35

وَزُخْرُفًا ۚ وَإِن كُلُّ ذَٰلِكَ لَمَّا مَتَـٰعُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ عِندَ رَبِّكَ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration wazukh'rufan wa-in kullu dhālika lammā matāʿu l-ḥayati l-dun'yā wal-ākhiratu ʿinda rabbika lil'muttaqīna

English And gold ornament. But all that is not but the enjoyment of worldly life. And the Hereafter with your Lord is for the righteous.

  1. وَزُخْرُفًۭا ۚwazukh'rufanAnd ornaments of gold
  2. وَإِنwa-inAnd not (is)
  3. كُلُّkulluall
  4. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  5. لَمَّاlammābut
  6. مَتَـٰعُmatāʿuan enjoyment
  7. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(of) the life
  8. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  9. وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُwal-ākhiratuAnd the Hereafter
  10. عِندَʿindawith
  11. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  12. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīna(is) for the righteous

Verse 36

وَمَن يَعْشُ عَن ذِكْرِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ نُقَيِّضْ لَهُۥ شَيْطَـٰنًا فَهُوَ لَهُۥ قَرِينٌ

Transliteration waman yaʿshu ʿan dhik'ri l-raḥmāni nuqayyiḍ lahu shayṭānan fahuwa lahu qarīnun

English And whoever is blinded from remembrance of the Most Merciful - We appoint for him a devil, and he is to him a companion.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. يَعْشُyaʿshuturns away
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. ذِكْرِdhik'ri(the) remembrance
  5. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmāni(of) the Most Gracious
  6. نُقَيِّضْnuqayyiḍWe appoint
  7. لَهُۥlahufor him
  8. شَيْطَـٰنًۭاshayṭānana devil
  9. فَهُوَfahuwathen he
  10. لَهُۥlahu(is) to him
  11. قَرِينٌۭqarīnuna companion

Verse 37

وَإِنَّهُمْ لَيَصُدُّونَهُمْ عَنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَيَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration wa-innahum layaṣuddūnahum ʿani l-sabīli wayaḥsabūna annahum muh'tadūna

English And indeed, they [i.e., the devils] avert them from the way [of guidance] while they think that they are [rightly] guided

  1. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  2. لَيَصُدُّونَهُمْlayaṣuddūnahumsurely, turn them
  3. عَنِʿanifrom
  4. ٱلسَّبِيلِl-sabīlithe Path
  5. وَيَحْسَبُونَwayaḥsabūnaand they think
  6. أَنَّهُمannahumthat they
  7. مُّهْتَدُونَmuh'tadūna(are) guided

Verse 38

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَنَا قَالَ يَـٰلَيْتَ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكَ بُعْدَ ٱلْمَشْرِقَيْنِ فَبِئْسَ ٱلْقَرِينُ

Transliteration ḥattā idhā jāanā qāla yālayta baynī wabaynaka buʿ'da l-mashriqayni fabi'sa l-qarīnu

English Until, when he comes to Us [at Judgement], he says [to his companion], "How I wish there was between me and you the distance between the east and west; and what a wretched companion."

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. جَآءَنَاjāanāhe comes to Us
  4. قَالَqālahe says
  5. يَـٰلَيْتَyālaytaO would that
  6. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  7. وَبَيْنَكَwabaynakaand between you
  8. بُعْدَbuʿ'da(were the) distance
  9. ٱلْمَشْرِقَيْنِl-mashriqayni(of) the East and the West
  10. فَبِئْسَfabi'saHow wretched is
  11. ٱلْقَرِينُl-qarīnuthe companion

Verse 39

وَلَن يَنفَعَكُمُ ٱلْيَوْمَ إِذ ظَّلَمْتُمْ أَنَّكُمْ فِى ٱلْعَذَابِ مُشْتَرِكُونَ

Transliteration walan yanfaʿakumu l-yawma idh ẓalamtum annakum fī l-ʿadhābi mush'tarikūna

English And never will it benefit you that Day, when you have wronged, that you are [all] sharing in the punishment.

  1. وَلَنwalanAnd never
  2. يَنفَعَكُمُyanfaʿakumuwill benefit you
  3. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmathe Day
  4. إِذidhwhen
  5. ظَّلَمْتُمْẓalamtumyou have wronged
  6. أَنَّكُمْannakumthat you
  7. فِىfī(will be) in
  8. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābithe punishment
  9. مُشْتَرِكُونَmush'tarikūnasharing

Verse 40

أَفَأَنتَ تُسْمِعُ ٱلصُّمَّ أَوْ تَهْدِى ٱلْعُمْىَ وَمَن كَانَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration afa-anta tus'miʿu l-ṣuma aw tahdī l-ʿum'ya waman kāna fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English Then will you make the deaf hear, [O Muḥammad], or guide the blind or he who is in clear error?

  1. أَفَأَنتَafa-antaThen can you
  2. تُسْمِعُtus'miʿucause to hear
  3. ٱلصُّمَّl-ṣumathe deaf
  4. أَوْawor
  5. تَهْدِىtahdīguide
  6. ٱلْعُمْىَl-ʿum'yathe blind
  7. وَمَنwamanand (one) who
  8. كَانَkānais
  9. فِىfīin
  10. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinan error
  11. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 41

فَإِمَّا نَذْهَبَنَّ بِكَ فَإِنَّا مِنْهُم مُّنتَقِمُونَ

Transliteration fa-immā nadhhabanna bika fa-innā min'hum muntaqimūna

English And whether [or not] We take you away [in death], indeed, We will take retribution upon them.

  1. فَإِمَّاfa-immāAnd whether
  2. نَذْهَبَنَّnadhhabannaWe take you away
  3. بِكَbikaWe take you away
  4. فَإِنَّاfa-innāthen indeed, We
  5. مِنْهُمmin'humfrom them
  6. مُّنتَقِمُونَmuntaqimūna(will) take retribution

Verse 42

أَوْ نُرِيَنَّكَ ٱلَّذِى وَعَدْنَـٰهُمْ فَإِنَّا عَلَيْهِم مُّقْتَدِرُونَ

Transliteration aw nuriyannaka alladhī waʿadnāhum fa-innā ʿalayhim muq'tadirūna

English Or whether [or not] We show you that which We have promised them, indeed, We are Perfect in Ability.

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. نُرِيَنَّكَnuriyannakaWe show you
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthat which
  4. وَعَدْنَـٰهُمْwaʿadnāhumWe have promised them
  5. فَإِنَّاfa-innāthen indeed, We
  6. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimover them
  7. مُّقْتَدِرُونَmuq'tadirūnahave full power

Verse 43

فَٱسْتَمْسِكْ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْكَ ۖ إِنَّكَ عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration fa-is'tamsik bi-alladhī ūḥiya ilayka innaka ʿalā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English So adhere to that which is revealed to you. Indeed, you are on a straight path.

  1. فَٱسْتَمْسِكْfa-is'tamsikSo hold fast
  2. بِٱلَّذِىٓbi-alladhīto that which
  3. أُوحِىَūḥiyais revealed
  4. إِلَيْكَ ۖilaykato you
  5. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  6. عَلَىٰʿalā(are) on
  7. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭina Path
  8. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminStraight

Verse 44

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَذِكْرٌ لَّكَ وَلِقَوْمِكَ ۖ وَسَوْفَ تُسْـَٔلُونَ

Transliteration wa-innahu ladhik'run laka waliqawmika wasawfa tus'alūna

English And indeed, it is a remembrance for you and your people, and you [all] are going to be questioned.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. لَذِكْرٌۭladhik'run(is) surely, a Reminder
  3. لَّكَlakafor you
  4. وَلِقَوْمِكَ ۖwaliqawmikaand your people
  5. وَسَوْفَwasawfaand soon
  6. تُسْـَٔلُونَtus'alūnayou will be questioned

Verse 45

وَسْـَٔلْ مَنْ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن قَبْلِكَ مِن رُّسُلِنَآ أَجَعَلْنَا مِن دُونِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ءَالِهَةً يُعْبَدُونَ

Transliteration wasal man arsalnā min qablika min rusulinā ajaʿalnā min dūni l-raḥmāni ālihatan yuʿ'badūna

English And ask those We sent before you of Our messengers; have We made besides the Most Merciful deities to be worshipped?

  1. وَسْـَٔلْwasalAnd ask
  2. مَنْman(those) whom
  3. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  4. مِنminbefore you
  5. قَبْلِكَqablikabefore you
  6. مِنminof
  7. رُّسُلِنَآrusulināOur Messengers
  8. أَجَعَلْنَاajaʿalnādid We make
  9. مِنminbesides
  10. دُونِdūnibesides
  11. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  12. ءَالِهَةًۭālihatangods
  13. يُعْبَدُونَyuʿ'badūnato be worshipped

Verse 46

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا مُوسَىٰ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦ فَقَالَ إِنِّى رَسُولُ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā mūsā biāyātinā ilā fir'ʿawna wamala-ihi faqāla innī rasūlu rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And certainly did We send Moses with Our signs to Pharaoh and his establishment, and he said, "Indeed, I am the messenger of the Lord of the worlds."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآbiāyātināwith Our Signs
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  7. وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦwamala-ihiand his chiefs
  8. فَقَالَfaqālaand he said
  9. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  10. رَسُولُrasūlua Messenger
  11. رَبِّrabbi(of the) Lord
  12. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 47

فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُم بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ إِذَا هُم مِّنْهَا يَضْحَكُونَ

Transliteration falammā jāahum biāyātinā idhā hum min'hā yaḍḥakūna

English But when he brought them Our signs, at once they laughed at them.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. جَآءَهُمjāahumhe came to them
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآbiāyātināwith Our Signs
  4. إِذَاidhābehold
  5. هُمhumThey
  6. مِّنْهَاmin'hāat them
  7. يَضْحَكُونَyaḍḥakūnalaughed

Verse 48

وَمَا نُرِيهِم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍ إِلَّا هِىَ أَكْبَرُ مِنْ أُخْتِهَا ۖ وَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْعَذَابِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration wamā nurīhim min āyatin illā hiya akbaru min ukh'tihā wa-akhadhnāhum bil-ʿadhābi laʿallahum yarjiʿūna

English And We showed them not a sign except that it was greater than its sister, and We seized them with affliction that perhaps they might return [to faith].

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نُرِيهِمnurīhimWe showed them
  3. مِّنْminof
  4. ءَايَةٍāyatina Sign
  5. إِلَّاillābut
  6. هِىَhiyait
  7. أَكْبَرُakbaru(was) greater
  8. مِنْminthan
  9. أُخْتِهَا ۖukh'tihāits sister
  10. وَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمwa-akhadhnāhumand We seized them
  11. بِٱلْعَذَابِbil-ʿadhābiwith the punishment
  12. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  13. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn

Verse 49

وَقَالُوا۟ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَ ٱلسَّاحِرُ ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ بِمَا عَهِدَ عِندَكَ إِنَّنَا لَمُهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration waqālū yāayyuha l-sāḥiru ud'ʿu lanā rabbaka bimā ʿahida ʿindaka innanā lamuh'tadūna

English And they said [to Moses], "O magician, invoke for us your Lord by what He has promised you. Indeed, we will be guided."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَyāayyuhaO
  3. ٱلسَّاحِرُl-sāḥiru[the] magician
  4. ٱدْعُud'ʿuInvoke
  5. لَنَاlanāfor us
  6. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  7. بِمَاbimāby what
  8. عَهِدَʿahidaHe has made covenant
  9. عِندَكَʿindakawith you
  10. إِنَّنَاinnanāIndeed, we
  11. لَمُهْتَدُونَlamuh'tadūna(will) surely be guided

Verse 50

فَلَمَّا كَشَفْنَا عَنْهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابَ إِذَا هُمْ يَنكُثُونَ

Transliteration falammā kashafnā ʿanhumu l-ʿadhāba idhā hum yankuthūna

English But when We removed from them the affliction, at once they broke their word.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. كَشَفْنَاkashafnāWe removed
  3. عَنْهُمُʿanhumufrom them
  4. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  5. إِذَاidhābehold
  6. هُمْhumThey
  7. يَنكُثُونَyankuthūnabroke (their word)

Verse 51

وَنَادَىٰ فِرْعَوْنُ فِى قَوْمِهِۦ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ أَلَيْسَ لِى مُلْكُ مِصْرَ وَهَـٰذِهِ ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِىٓ ۖ أَفَلَا تُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration wanādā fir'ʿawnu fī qawmihi qāla yāqawmi alaysa lī mul'ku miṣ'ra wahādhihi l-anhāru tajrī min taḥtī afalā tub'ṣirūna

English And Pharaoh called out among his people; he said, "O my people, does not the kingdom of Egypt belong to me, and these rivers flowing beneath me; then do you not see?

  1. وَنَادَىٰwanādāAnd called out
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. فِىfīamong
  4. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. أَلَيْسَalaysaIs not
  8. لِىlīfor me
  9. مُلْكُmul'ku(the) kingdom
  10. مِصْرَmiṣ'ra(of) Egypt
  11. وَهَـٰذِهِwahādhihiand these
  12. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُl-anhāru[the] rivers
  13. تَجْرِىtajrīflowing
  14. مِنminunderneath me
  15. تَحْتِىٓ ۖtaḥtīunderneath me
  16. أَفَلَاafalāThen do not
  17. تُبْصِرُونَtub'ṣirūnayou see

Verse 52

أَمْ أَنَا۠ خَيْرٌ مِّنْ هَـٰذَا ٱلَّذِى هُوَ مَهِينٌ وَلَا يَكَادُ يُبِينُ

Transliteration am anā khayrun min hādhā alladhī huwa mahīnun walā yakādu yubīnu

English Or am I [not] better than this one [i.e., Moses] who is insignificant and hardly makes himself clear?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. أَنَا۠anāam I
  3. خَيْرٌۭkhayrunbetter
  4. مِّنْminthan
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  6. ٱلَّذِىalladhīone who
  7. هُوَhuwahe
  8. مَهِينٌۭmahīnun(is) insignificant
  9. وَلَاwalāand hardly
  10. يَكَادُyakāduand hardly
  11. يُبِينُyubīnuclear

Verse 53

فَلَوْلَآ أُلْقِىَ عَلَيْهِ أَسْوِرَةٌ مِّن ذَهَبٍ أَوْ جَآءَ مَعَهُ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ مُقْتَرِنِينَ

Transliteration falawlā ul'qiya ʿalayhi aswiratun min dhahabin aw jāa maʿahu l-malāikatu muq'tarinīna

English Then why have there not been placed upon him bracelets of gold or come with him the angels in conjunction?"

  1. فَلَوْلَآfalawlāThen why not
  2. أُلْقِىَul'qiyaare placed
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion him
  4. أَسْوِرَةٌۭaswiratunbracelets
  5. مِّنminof
  6. ذَهَبٍdhahabingold
  7. أَوْawor
  8. جَآءَjāacome
  9. مَعَهُmaʿahuwith him
  10. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُl-malāikatuthe Angels
  11. مُقْتَرِنِينَmuq'tarinīnaaccompanying (him)

Verse 54

فَٱسْتَخَفَّ قَوْمَهُۥ فَأَطَاعُوهُ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا فَـٰسِقِينَ

Transliteration fa-is'takhaffa qawmahu fa-aṭāʿūhu innahum kānū qawman fāsiqīna

English So he bluffed his people, and they obeyed him. Indeed, they were [themselves] a people defiantly disobedient [of Allāh].

  1. فَٱسْتَخَفَّfa-is'takhaffaSo he bluffed
  2. قَوْمَهُۥqawmahuhis people
  3. فَأَطَاعُوهُ ۚfa-aṭāʿūhuand they obeyed him
  4. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  6. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  7. فَـٰسِقِينَfāsiqīnadefiantly disobedient

Verse 55

فَلَمَّآ ءَاسَفُونَا ٱنتَقَمْنَا مِنْهُمْ فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration falammā āsafūnā intaqamnā min'hum fa-aghraqnāhum ajmaʿīna

English And when they angered Us, We took retribution from them and drowned them all.

  1. فَلَمَّآfalammāSo when
  2. ءَاسَفُونَاāsafūnāthey angered Us
  3. ٱنتَقَمْنَاintaqamnāWe took retribution
  4. مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
  5. فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْfa-aghraqnāhumand We drowned them
  6. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 56

فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْ سَلَفًا وَمَثَلًا لِّلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration fajaʿalnāhum salafan wamathalan lil'ākhirīna

English And We made them a precedent and an example for the later peoples.

  1. فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْfajaʿalnāhumAnd We made them
  2. سَلَفًۭاsalafana precedent
  3. وَمَثَلًۭاwamathalanand an example
  4. لِّلْـَٔاخِرِينَlil'ākhirīnafor the later (generations)

Verse 57

۞ وَلَمَّا ضُرِبَ ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ مَثَلًا إِذَا قَوْمُكَ مِنْهُ يَصِدُّونَ

Transliteration walammā ḍuriba ub'nu maryama mathalan idhā qawmuka min'hu yaṣiddūna

English And when the son of Mary was presented as an example, immediately your people laughed aloud.

  1. ۞ وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. ضُرِبَḍuribais presented
  3. ٱبْنُub'nu(the) son
  4. مَرْيَمَmaryama(of) Maryam
  5. مَثَلًاmathalan(as) an example
  6. إِذَاidhābehold
  7. قَوْمُكَqawmukaYour people
  8. مِنْهُmin'huabout it
  9. يَصِدُّونَyaṣiddūnalaughed aloud

Verse 58

وَقَالُوٓا۟ ءَأَـٰلِهَتُنَا خَيْرٌ أَمْ هُوَ ۚ مَا ضَرَبُوهُ لَكَ إِلَّا جَدَلًۢا ۚ بَلْ هُمْ قَوْمٌ خَصِمُونَ

Transliteration waqālū aālihatunā khayrun am huwa mā ḍarabūhu laka illā jadalan bal hum qawmun khaṣimūna

English And they said, "Are our gods better, or is he?" They did not present it [i.e., the comparison] except for [mere] argument. But, [in fact], they are a people prone to dispute.

  1. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. ءَأَـٰلِهَتُنَاaālihatunāAre our gods
  3. خَيْرٌkhayrunbetter
  4. أَمْamor
  5. هُوَ ۚhuwahe
  6. مَاmāNot
  7. ضَرَبُوهُḍarabūhuthey present it
  8. لَكَlakato you
  9. إِلَّاillāexcept
  10. جَدَلًۢا ۚjadalan(for) argument
  11. بَلْbalNay
  12. هُمْhumthey
  13. قَوْمٌqawmun(are) a people
  14. خَصِمُونَkhaṣimūnaargumentative

Verse 59

إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا عَبْدٌ أَنْعَمْنَا عَلَيْهِ وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُ مَثَلًا لِّبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration in huwa illā ʿabdun anʿamnā ʿalayhi wajaʿalnāhu mathalan libanī is'rāīla

English He [i.e., Jesus] was not but a servant upon whom We bestowed favor, and We made him an example for the Children of Israel.

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هُوَhuwahe
  3. إِلَّاillā(was) except
  4. عَبْدٌʿabduna slave
  5. أَنْعَمْنَاanʿamnāWe bestowed Our favor
  6. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion him
  7. وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُwajaʿalnāhuand We made him
  8. مَثَلًۭاmathalanan example
  9. لِّبَنِىٓlibanīfor (the) Children of Israel
  10. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīlafor (the) Children of Israel

Verse 60

وَلَوْ نَشَآءُ لَجَعَلْنَا مِنكُم مَّلَـٰٓئِكَةً فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يَخْلُفُونَ

Transliteration walaw nashāu lajaʿalnā minkum malāikatan fī l-arḍi yakhlufūna

English And if We willed, We could have made [instead] of you angels succeeding [one another] on the earth.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. نَشَآءُnashāuWe willed
  3. لَجَعَلْنَاlajaʿalnāsurely We (could have) made
  4. مِنكُمminkumamong you
  5. مَّلَـٰٓئِكَةًۭmalāikatanAngels
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  8. يَخْلُفُونَyakhlufūnasucceeding

Verse 61

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَعِلْمٌ لِّلسَّاعَةِ فَلَا تَمْتَرُنَّ بِهَا وَٱتَّبِعُونِ ۚ هَـٰذَا صِرَٰطٌ مُّسْتَقِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-innahu laʿil'mun lilssāʿati falā tamtarunna bihā wa-ittabiʿūni hādhā ṣirāṭun mus'taqīmun

English And indeed, he [i.e., Jesus] will be [a sign for] knowledge of the Hour, so be not in doubt of it, and follow Me. This is a straight path.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. لَعِلْمٌۭlaʿil'munsurely (is) a knowledge
  3. لِّلسَّاعَةِlilssāʿatiof the Hour
  4. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  5. تَمْتَرُنَّtamtarunna(be) doubtful
  6. بِهَاbihāabout it
  7. وَٱتَّبِعُونِ ۚwa-ittabiʿūniand follow Me
  8. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  9. صِرَٰطٌۭṣirāṭun(is the) Path
  10. مُّسْتَقِيمٌۭmus'taqīmunStraight

Verse 62

وَلَا يَصُدَّنَّكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration walā yaṣuddannakumu l-shayṭānu innahu lakum ʿaduwwun mubīnun

English And never let Satan avert you. Indeed, he is to you a clear enemy.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (let) not
  2. يَصُدَّنَّكُمُyaṣuddannakumuavert you
  3. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ ۖl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  4. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  5. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  6. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwunan enemy
  7. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 63

وَلَمَّا جَآءَ عِيسَىٰ بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِ قَالَ قَدْ جِئْتُكُم بِٱلْحِكْمَةِ وَلِأُبَيِّنَ لَكُم بَعْضَ ٱلَّذِى تَخْتَلِفُونَ فِيهِ ۖ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration walammā jāa ʿīsā bil-bayināti qāla qad ji'tukum bil-ḥik'mati wali-ubayyina lakum baʿḍa alladhī takhtalifūna fīhi fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English And when Jesus brought clear proofs, he said, "I have come to you with wisdom [i.e., prophethood] and to make clear to you some of that over which you differ, so fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. عِيسَىٰʿīsāIsa
  4. بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِbil-bayinātiwith clear proofs
  5. قَالَqālahe said
  6. قَدْqadVerily
  7. جِئْتُكُمji'tukumI have come to you
  8. بِٱلْحِكْمَةِbil-ḥik'matiwith wisdom
  9. وَلِأُبَيِّنَwali-ubayyinaand that I make clear
  10. لَكُمlakumto you
  11. بَعْضَbaʿḍasome
  12. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(of) that which
  13. تَخْتَلِفُونَtakhtalifūnayou differ
  14. فِيهِ ۖfīhiin it
  15. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  16. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  17. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 64

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ رَبِّى وَرَبُّكُمْ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚ هَـٰذَا صِرَٰطٌ مُّسْتَقِيمٌ

Transliteration inna l-laha huwa rabbī warabbukum fa-uʿ'budūhu hādhā ṣirāṭun mus'taqīmun

English Indeed, Allāh is my Lord and your Lord, so worship Him. This is a straight path."

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. هُوَhuwaHe
  4. رَبِّىrabbī(is) my Lord
  5. وَرَبُّكُمْwarabbukumand your Lord
  6. فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚfa-uʿ'budūhuso worship Him
  7. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  8. صِرَٰطٌۭṣirāṭun(is) a Path
  9. مُّسْتَقِيمٌۭmus'taqīmunStraight

Verse 65

فَٱخْتَلَفَ ٱلْأَحْزَابُ مِنۢ بَيْنِهِمْ ۖ فَوَيْلٌ لِّلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ مِنْ عَذَابِ يَوْمٍ أَلِيمٍ

Transliteration fa-ikh'talafa l-aḥzābu min baynihim fawaylun lilladhīna ẓalamū min ʿadhābi yawmin alīmin

English But the denominations from among them differed [and separated], so woe to those who have wronged from the punishment of a painful Day.

  1. فَٱخْتَلَفَfa-ikh'talafaBut differed
  2. ٱلْأَحْزَابُl-aḥzābuthe factions
  3. مِنۢminfrom
  4. بَيْنِهِمْ ۖbaynihimamong them
  5. فَوَيْلٌۭfawaylunso woe
  6. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  7. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
  8. مِنْminfrom
  9. عَذَابِʿadhābi(the) punishment
  10. يَوْمٍyawmin(of the) Day
  11. أَلِيمٍalīminpainful

Verse 66

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا ٱلسَّاعَةَ أَن تَأْتِيَهُم بَغْتَةً وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration hal yanẓurūna illā l-sāʿata an tatiyahum baghtatan wahum lā yashʿurūna

English Are they waiting except for the Hour to come upon them suddenly while they perceive not?

  1. هَلْhalAre
  2. يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnathey waiting
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. ٱلسَّاعَةَl-sāʿata(for) the Hour
  5. أَنanthat
  6. تَأْتِيَهُمtatiyahumit should come on them
  7. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  8. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  9. لَاlā(do) not
  10. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnaperceive

Verse 67

ٱلْأَخِلَّآءُ يَوْمَئِذٍۭ بَعْضُهُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ إِلَّا ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration al-akhilāu yawma-idhin baʿḍuhum libaʿḍin ʿaduwwun illā l-mutaqīna

English Close friends, that Day, will be enemies to each other, except for the righteous

  1. ٱلْأَخِلَّآءُal-akhilāuFriends
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۭyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  4. لِبَعْضٍlibaʿḍinto others
  5. عَدُوٌّʿaduwwun(will be) enemies
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīnathe righteous

Verse 68

يَـٰعِبَادِ لَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْيَوْمَ وَلَآ أَنتُمْ تَحْزَنُونَ

Transliteration yāʿibādi lā khawfun ʿalaykumu l-yawma walā antum taḥzanūna

English [To whom Allāh will say], "O My servants, no fear will there be concerning you this Day, nor will you grieve,

  1. يَـٰعِبَادِyāʿibādiO My slaves
  2. لَاlāNo
  3. خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
  4. عَلَيْكُمُʿalaykumuon you
  5. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmathis Day
  6. وَلَآwalāand not
  7. أَنتُمْantumyou
  8. تَحْزَنُونَtaḥzanūnawill grieve

Verse 69

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ مُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration alladhīna āmanū biāyātinā wakānū mus'limīna

English [You] who believed in Our verses and were Muslims.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
  4. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand were
  5. مُسْلِمِينَmus'limīnasubmissive

Verse 70

ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ أَنتُمْ وَأَزْوَٰجُكُمْ تُحْبَرُونَ

Transliteration ud'khulū l-janata antum wa-azwājukum tuḥ'barūna

English Enter Paradise, you and your kinds, delighted."

  1. ٱدْخُلُوا۟ud'khulūEnter
  2. ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janataParadise
  3. أَنتُمْantumyou
  4. وَأَزْوَٰجُكُمْwa-azwājukumand your spouses
  5. تُحْبَرُونَtuḥ'barūnadelighted

Verse 71

يُطَافُ عَلَيْهِم بِصِحَافٍ مِّن ذَهَبٍ وَأَكْوَابٍ ۖ وَفِيهَا مَا تَشْتَهِيهِ ٱلْأَنفُسُ وَتَلَذُّ ٱلْأَعْيُنُ ۖ وَأَنتُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration yuṭāfu ʿalayhim biṣiḥāfin min dhahabin wa-akwābin wafīhā mā tashtahīhi l-anfusu wataladhu l-aʿyunu wa-antum fīhā khālidūna

English Circulated among them will be plates and vessels of gold. And therein is whatever the souls desire and [what] delights the eyes, and you will abide therein eternally.

  1. يُطَافُyuṭāfuWill be circulated
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimfor them
  3. بِصِحَافٍۢbiṣiḥāfinplates
  4. مِّنminof
  5. ذَهَبٍۢdhahabingold
  6. وَأَكْوَابٍۢ ۖwa-akwābinand cups
  7. وَفِيهَاwafīhāAnd therein
  8. مَاmā(is) what
  9. تَشْتَهِيهِtashtahīhidesires
  10. ٱلْأَنفُسُl-anfusuthe souls
  11. وَتَلَذُّwataladhuand delights
  12. ٱلْأَعْيُنُ ۖl-aʿyunuthe eyes
  13. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumand you
  14. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  15. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūnawill abide forever

Verse 72

وَتِلْكَ ٱلْجَنَّةُ ٱلَّتِىٓ أُورِثْتُمُوهَا بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration watil'ka l-janatu allatī ūrith'tumūhā bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

English And that is Paradise which you are made to inherit for what you used to do.

  1. وَتِلْكَwatil'kaAnd this
  2. ٱلْجَنَّةُl-janatu(is) the Paradise
  3. ٱلَّتِىٓallatīwhich
  4. أُورِثْتُمُوهَاūrith'tumūhāyou are made to inherit
  5. بِمَاbimāfor what
  6. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  7. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 73

لَكُمْ فِيهَا فَـٰكِهَةٌ كَثِيرَةٌ مِّنْهَا تَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration lakum fīhā fākihatun kathīratun min'hā takulūna

English For you therein is much fruit from which you will eat.

  1. لَكُمْlakumFor you
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. فَـٰكِهَةٌۭfākihatun(are) fruits
  4. كَثِيرَةٌۭkathīratunabundant
  5. مِّنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  6. تَأْكُلُونَtakulūnayou will eat

Verse 74

إِنَّ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ فِى عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration inna l-muj'rimīna fī ʿadhābi jahannama khālidūna

English Indeed, the criminals will be in the punishment of Hell, abiding eternally.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals
  3. فِىfī(will be) in
  4. عَذَابِʿadhābi(the) punishment
  5. جَهَنَّمَjahannama(of) Hell
  6. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūnaabiding forever

Verse 75

لَا يُفَتَّرُ عَنْهُمْ وَهُمْ فِيهِ مُبْلِسُونَ

Transliteration lā yufattaru ʿanhum wahum fīhi mub'lisūna

English It will not be allowed to subside for them, and they, therein, are in despair.

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. يُفَتَّرُyufattaruwill it subside
  3. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfor them
  4. وَهُمْwahumand they
  5. فِيهِfīhiin it
  6. مُبْلِسُونَmub'lisūna(will) despair

Verse 76

وَمَا ظَلَمْنَـٰهُمْ وَلَـٰكِن كَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wamā ẓalamnāhum walākin kānū humu l-ẓālimīna

English And We did not wrong them, but it was they who were the wrongdoers.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. ظَلَمْنَـٰهُمْẓalamnāhumWe wronged them
  3. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  4. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  5. هُمُhumuthemselves
  6. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnawrongdoers

Verse 77

وَنَادَوْا۟ يَـٰمَـٰلِكُ لِيَقْضِ عَلَيْنَا رَبُّكَ ۖ قَالَ إِنَّكُم مَّـٰكِثُونَ

Transliteration wanādaw yāmāliku liyaqḍi ʿalaynā rabbuka qāla innakum mākithūna

English And they will call, "O Mālik, let your Lord put an end to us!" He will say, "Indeed, you will remain."

  1. وَنَادَوْا۟wanādawAnd they will call
  2. يَـٰمَـٰلِكُyāmālikuO Malik
  3. لِيَقْضِliyaqḍiLet put an end
  4. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāto us
  5. رَبُّكَ ۖrabbukayour Lord
  6. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  7. إِنَّكُمinnakumIndeed, you
  8. مَّـٰكِثُونَmākithūna(will) remain

Verse 78

لَقَدْ جِئْنَـٰكُم بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَكُمْ لِلْحَقِّ كَـٰرِهُونَ

Transliteration laqad ji'nākum bil-ḥaqi walākinna aktharakum lil'ḥaqqi kārihūna

English We had certainly brought you the truth, but most of you, to the truth, were averse.

  1. لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
  2. جِئْنَـٰكُمji'nākumWe have brought you
  3. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  4. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  5. أَكْثَرَكُمْaktharakummost of you
  6. لِلْحَقِّlil'ḥaqqito the truth
  7. كَـٰرِهُونَkārihūna(are) averse

Verse 79

أَمْ أَبْرَمُوٓا۟ أَمْرًا فَإِنَّا مُبْرِمُونَ

Transliteration am abramū amran fa-innā mub'rimūna

English Or have they devised [some] affair? But indeed, We are devising [a plan].

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. أَبْرَمُوٓا۟abramūhave they determined
  3. أَمْرًۭاamranan affair
  4. فَإِنَّاfa-innāThen indeed, We
  5. مُبْرِمُونَmub'rimūna(are) determined

Verse 80

أَمْ يَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّا لَا نَسْمَعُ سِرَّهُمْ وَنَجْوَىٰهُم ۚ بَلَىٰ وَرُسُلُنَا لَدَيْهِمْ يَكْتُبُونَ

Transliteration am yaḥsabūna annā lā nasmaʿu sirrahum wanajwāhum balā warusulunā ladayhim yaktubūna

English Or do they think that We hear not their secrets and their private conversations? Yes, [We do], and Our messengers [i.e., angels] are with them recording.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. يَحْسَبُونَyaḥsabūna(do) they think
  3. أَنَّاannāthat We
  4. لَاlā(can) not
  5. نَسْمَعُnasmaʿuhear
  6. سِرَّهُمْsirrahumtheir secret(s)
  7. وَنَجْوَىٰهُم ۚwanajwāhumand their private counsel(s)
  8. بَلَىٰbalāNay
  9. وَرُسُلُنَاwarusulunāand Our Messengers
  10. لَدَيْهِمْladayhimwith them
  11. يَكْتُبُونَyaktubūnaare recording

Verse 81

قُلْ إِن كَانَ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ وَلَدٌ فَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْعَـٰبِدِينَ

Transliteration qul in kāna lilrraḥmāni waladun fa-anā awwalu l-ʿābidīna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "If the Most Merciful had a son, then I would be the first of [his] worshippers."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنinIf
  3. كَانَkānahad
  4. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānithe Most Gracious
  5. وَلَدٌۭwaladuna son
  6. فَأَنَا۠fa-anāThen, I
  7. أَوَّلُawwalu(would be the) first
  8. ٱلْعَـٰبِدِينَl-ʿābidīna(of) the worshippers

Verse 82

سُبْحَـٰنَ رَبِّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَرْشِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration sub'ḥāna rabbi l-samāwāti wal-arḍi rabbi l-ʿarshi ʿammā yaṣifūna

English Exalted is the Lord of the heavens and the earth, Lord of the Throne, above what they describe.

  1. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be
  2. رَبِّrabbi(to the) Lord
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  6. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshi(of) the Throne
  7. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  8. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey ascribe

Verse 83

فَذَرْهُمْ يَخُوضُوا۟ وَيَلْعَبُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يُلَـٰقُوا۟ يَوْمَهُمُ ٱلَّذِى يُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration fadharhum yakhūḍū wayalʿabū ḥattā yulāqū yawmahumu alladhī yūʿadūna

English So leave them to converse vainly and amuse themselves until they meet their Day which they are promised.

  1. فَذَرْهُمْfadharhumSo leave them
  2. يَخُوضُوا۟yakhūḍū(to) converse vainly
  3. وَيَلْعَبُوا۟wayalʿabūand play
  4. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  5. يُلَـٰقُوا۟yulāqūthey meet
  6. يَوْمَهُمُyawmahumutheir Day
  7. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  8. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnathey are promised

Verse 84

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ إِلَـٰهٌ وَفِى ٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَـٰهٌ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī fī l-samāi ilāhun wafī l-arḍi ilāhun wahuwa l-ḥakīmu l-ʿalīmu

English And it is He [i.e., Allāh] who is [the only] deity in the heaven, and on the earth [the only] deity. And He is the Wise, the Knowing.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  5. إِلَـٰهٌۭilāhunGod
  6. وَفِىwafīand in
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  8. إِلَـٰهٌۭ ۚilāhunGod
  9. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  10. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmu(is) the All-Wise
  11. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuthe All-Knower

Verse 85

وَتَبَارَكَ ٱلَّذِى لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا وَعِندَهُۥ عِلْمُ ٱلسَّاعَةِ وَإِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration watabāraka alladhī lahu mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā waʿindahu ʿil'mu l-sāʿati wa-ilayhi tur'jaʿūna

English And blessed is He to whom belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and whatever is between them and with whom is knowledge of the Hour and to whom you will be returned.

  1. وَتَبَارَكَwatabārakaAnd blessed (is)
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  3. لَهُۥlahuto Whom
  4. مُلْكُmul'ku(belongs the) dominion
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  7. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  8. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between both of them
  9. وَعِندَهُۥwaʿindahuand with Him
  10. عِلْمُʿil'mu(is the) knowledge
  11. ٱلسَّاعَةِl-sāʿati(of) the Hour
  12. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  13. تُرْجَعُونَtur'jaʿūnayou will be returned

Verse 86

وَلَا يَمْلِكُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِ ٱلشَّفَـٰعَةَ إِلَّا مَن شَهِدَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration walā yamliku alladhīna yadʿūna min dūnihi l-shafāʿata illā man shahida bil-ḥaqi wahum yaʿlamūna

English And those they invoke besides Him do not possess [power of] intercession; but only those who testify to the truth [can benefit], and they know.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يَمْلِكُyamlikuhave power
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  4. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnathey invoke
  5. مِنminbesides Him
  6. دُونِهِdūnihibesides Him
  7. ٱلشَّفَـٰعَةَl-shafāʿata(for) the intercession
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. مَنmanwho
  10. شَهِدَshahidatestifies
  11. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqito the truth
  12. وَهُمْwahumand they
  13. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 87

وَلَئِن سَأَلْتَهُم مَّنْ خَلَقَهُمْ لَيَقُولُنَّ ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَأَنَّىٰ يُؤْفَكُونَ

Transliteration wala-in sa-altahum man khalaqahum layaqūlunna l-lahu fa-annā yu'fakūna

English And if you asked them who created them, they would surely say, "Allāh." So how are they deluded?

  1. وَلَئِنwala-inAnd if
  2. سَأَلْتَهُمsa-altahumyou ask them
  3. مَّنْmanwho
  4. خَلَقَهُمْkhalaqahumcreated them
  5. لَيَقُولُنَّlayaqūlunnathey will certainly say
  6. ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah
  7. فَأَنَّىٰfa-annāThen how
  8. يُؤْفَكُونَyu'fakūnaare they deluded

Verse 88

وَقِيلِهِۦ يَـٰرَبِّ إِنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ قَوْمٌ لَّا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration waqīlihi yārabbi inna hāulāi qawmun lā yu'minūna

English And [Allāh acknowledges] his saying, "O my Lord, indeed these are a people who do not believe."

  1. وَقِيلِهِۦwaqīlihiAnd his saying
  2. يَـٰرَبِّyārabbiO my Lord
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  5. قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
  6. لَّاlā(who do) not
  7. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 89

فَٱصْفَحْ عَنْهُمْ وَقُلْ سَلَـٰمٌ ۚ فَسَوْفَ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration fa-iṣ'faḥ ʿanhum waqul salāmun fasawfa yaʿlamūna

English So turn aside from them and say, "Peace." But they are going to know.

  1. فَٱصْفَحْfa-iṣ'faḥSo turn away
  2. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  3. وَقُلْwaquland say
  4. سَلَـٰمٌۭ ۚsalāmunPeace
  5. فَسَوْفَfasawfaBut soon
  6. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey will know

Surah Ad-Dukhan الدخان verses 1–59

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

حمٓ

Transliteration hha-meem

English Ḥā, Meem.

  1. حمٓhha-meemHa Meem

Verse 2

وَٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ٱلْمُبِينِ

Transliteration wal-kitābi l-mubīni

English By the clear Book,

  1. وَٱلْكِتَـٰبِwal-kitābiBy the Book
  2. ٱلْمُبِينِl-mubīnithe clear

Verse 3

إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ فِى لَيْلَةٍ مُّبَـٰرَكَةٍ ۚ إِنَّا كُنَّا مُنذِرِينَ

Transliteration innā anzalnāhu fī laylatin mubārakatin innā kunnā mundhirīna

English Indeed, We sent it down during a blessed night. Indeed, We were to warn [mankind].

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhurevealed it
  3. فِىfīin
  4. لَيْلَةٍۢlaylatina Night
  5. مُّبَـٰرَكَةٍ ۚmubārakatinBlessed
  6. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  7. كُنَّاkunnā[We] are
  8. مُنذِرِينَmundhirīna(ever) warning

Verse 4

فِيهَا يُفْرَقُ كُلُّ أَمْرٍ حَكِيمٍ

Transliteration fīhā yuf'raqu kullu amrin ḥakīmin

English Therein [i.e., on that night] is made distinct every precise matter -

  1. فِيهَاfīhāTherein
  2. يُفْرَقُyuf'raquis made distinct
  3. كُلُّkulluevery
  4. أَمْرٍamrinaffair
  5. حَكِيمٍḥakīminwise

Verse 5

أَمْرًا مِّنْ عِندِنَآ ۚ إِنَّا كُنَّا مُرْسِلِينَ

Transliteration amran min ʿindinā innā kunnā mur'silīna

English [Every] matter [proceeding] from Us. Indeed, We were to send [a messenger]

  1. أَمْرًۭاamranA command
  2. مِّنْminfrom
  3. عِندِنَآ ۚʿindināUs
  4. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  5. كُنَّاkunnā[We] are
  6. مُرْسِلِينَmur'silīna(ever) sending

Verse 6

رَحْمَةً مِّن رَّبِّكَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration raḥmatan min rabbika innahu huwa l-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

English As mercy from your Lord. Indeed, He is the Hearing, the Knowing,

  1. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatanAs Mercy
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. رَّبِّكَ ۚrabbikayour Lord
  4. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  5. هُوَhuwa[He]
  6. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) the All-Hearer
  7. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuthe All-Knower

Verse 7

رَبِّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖ إِن كُنتُم مُّوقِنِينَ

Transliteration rabbi l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā in kuntum mūqinīna

English Lord of the heavens and the earth and that between them, if you would be certain.

  1. رَبِّrabbiLord
  2. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  3. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  4. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  5. بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖbaynahumā(is) between both of them
  6. إِنinif
  7. كُنتُمkuntumyou are
  8. مُّوقِنِينَmūqinīnacertain

Verse 8

لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ ۖ رَبُّكُمْ وَرَبُّ ءَابَآئِكُمُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration lā ilāha illā huwa yuḥ'yī wayumītu rabbukum warabbu ābāikumu l-awalīna

English There is no deity except Him; He gives life and causes death. [He is] your Lord and the Lord of your first forefathers.

  1. لَآlā(There is) no
  2. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. هُوَhuwaHim
  5. يُحْىِۦyuḥ'yīHe gives life
  6. وَيُمِيتُ ۖwayumītuand causes death
  7. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  8. وَرَبُّwarabbuand (the) Lord
  9. ءَابَآئِكُمُābāikumu(of) your fathers
  10. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīnathe former

Verse 9

بَلْ هُمْ فِى شَكٍّ يَلْعَبُونَ

Transliteration bal hum fī shakkin yalʿabūna

English But they are in doubt, amusing themselves.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. هُمْhumthey
  3. فِىfī(are) in
  4. شَكٍّۢshakkindoubt
  5. يَلْعَبُونَyalʿabūnaplaying

Verse 10

فَٱرْتَقِبْ يَوْمَ تَأْتِى ٱلسَّمَآءُ بِدُخَانٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration fa-ir'taqib yawma tatī l-samāu bidukhānin mubīnin

English Then watch for the Day when the sky will bring a visible smoke

  1. فَٱرْتَقِبْfa-ir'taqibThen watch
  2. يَوْمَyawma(for the) Day
  3. تَأْتِىtatī(when) will bring
  4. ٱلسَّمَآءُl-samāuthe sky
  5. بِدُخَانٍۢbidukhāninsmoke
  6. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninvisible

Verse 11

يَغْشَى ٱلنَّاسَ ۖ هَـٰذَا عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration yaghshā l-nāsa hādhā ʿadhābun alīmun

English Covering the people; this is a painful torment.

  1. يَغْشَىyaghshāEnveloping
  2. ٱلنَّاسَ ۖl-nāsathe people
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  4. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(will be) a punishment
  5. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 12

رَّبَّنَا ٱكْشِفْ عَنَّا ٱلْعَذَابَ إِنَّا مُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration rabbanā ik'shif ʿannā l-ʿadhāba innā mu'minūna

English [They will say], "Our Lord, remove from us the torment; indeed, we are believers."

  1. رَّبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  2. ٱكْشِفْik'shifRemove
  3. عَنَّاʿannāfrom us
  4. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  5. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  6. مُؤْمِنُونَmu'minūna(are) believers

Verse 13

أَنَّىٰ لَهُمُ ٱلذِّكْرَىٰ وَقَدْ جَآءَهُمْ رَسُولٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration annā lahumu l-dhik'rā waqad jāahum rasūlun mubīnun

English How will there be for them a reminder [at that time]? And there had come to them a clear Messenger.

  1. أَنَّىٰannāHow can
  2. لَهُمُlahumu(there be) for them
  3. ٱلذِّكْرَىٰl-dhik'rāthe reminder
  4. وَقَدْwaqadwhen verily
  5. جَآءَهُمْjāahumhad come to them
  6. رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
  7. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 14

ثُمَّ تَوَلَّوْا۟ عَنْهُ وَقَالُوا۟ مُعَلَّمٌ مَّجْنُونٌ

Transliteration thumma tawallaw ʿanhu waqālū muʿallamun majnūnun

English Then they turned away from him and said, "[He was] taught [and is] a madman."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. تَوَلَّوْا۟tawallawthey turned away
  3. عَنْهُʿanhufrom him
  4. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūand said
  5. مُعَلَّمٌۭmuʿallamunOne taught
  6. مَّجْنُونٌmajnūnuna mad man

Verse 15

إِنَّا كَاشِفُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابِ قَلِيلًا ۚ إِنَّكُمْ عَآئِدُونَ

Transliteration innā kāshifū l-ʿadhābi qalīlan innakum ʿāidūna

English Indeed, We will remove the torment for a little. Indeed, you [disbelievers] will return [to disbelief].

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. كَاشِفُوا۟kāshifū(will) remove
  3. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābithe punishment
  4. قَلِيلًا ۚqalīlana little
  5. إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed, you
  6. عَآئِدُونَʿāidūna(will) return

Verse 16

يَوْمَ نَبْطِشُ ٱلْبَطْشَةَ ٱلْكُبْرَىٰٓ إِنَّا مُنتَقِمُونَ

Transliteration yawma nabṭishu l-baṭshata l-kub'rā innā muntaqimūna

English The Day We will strike with the greatest assault, indeed, We will take retribution.

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. نَبْطِشُnabṭishuWe will seize
  3. ٱلْبَطْشَةَl-baṭshata(with) the seizure
  4. ٱلْكُبْرَىٰٓl-kub'rāthe greatest
  5. إِنَّاinnāindeed, We
  6. مُنتَقِمُونَmuntaqimūna(will) take retribution

Verse 17

۞ وَلَقَدْ فَتَنَّا قَبْلَهُمْ قَوْمَ فِرْعَوْنَ وَجَآءَهُمْ رَسُولٌ كَرِيمٌ

Transliteration walaqad fatannā qablahum qawma fir'ʿawna wajāahum rasūlun karīmun

English And We had already tried before them the people of Pharaoh, and there came to them a noble messenger [i.e., Moses],

  1. ۞ وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. فَتَنَّاfatannāWe tried
  3. قَبْلَهُمْqablahumbefore them
  4. قَوْمَqawma(the) people
  5. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  6. وَجَآءَهُمْwajāahumand came to them
  7. رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
  8. كَرِيمٌkarīmunnoble

Verse 18

أَنْ أَدُّوٓا۟ إِلَىَّ عِبَادَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration an addū ilayya ʿibāda l-lahi innī lakum rasūlun amīnun

English [Saying], "Render to me the servants of Allāh. Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger,"

  1. أَنْanThat
  2. أَدُّوٓا۟addūDeliver
  3. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  4. عِبَادَʿibāda(the) servants
  5. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  7. لَكُمْlakumto you
  8. رَسُولٌrasūluna Messenger
  9. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 19

وَأَن لَّا تَعْلُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنِّىٓ ءَاتِيكُم بِسُلْطَـٰنٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration wa-an lā taʿlū ʿalā l-lahi innī ātīkum bisul'ṭānin mubīnin

English And [saying], "Be not haughty with Allāh. Indeed, I have come to you with clear evidence.

  1. وَأَنwa-anAnd that
  2. لَّاlā(do) not
  3. تَعْلُوا۟taʿlūexalt yourselves
  4. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  5. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  6. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  7. ءَاتِيكُمātīkum[I] have come to you
  8. بِسُلْطَـٰنٍۢbisul'ṭāninwith an authority
  9. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 20

وَإِنِّى عُذْتُ بِرَبِّى وَرَبِّكُمْ أَن تَرْجُمُونِ

Transliteration wa-innī ʿudh'tu birabbī warabbikum an tarjumūni

English And indeed, I have sought refuge in my Lord and your Lord, lest you stone me.

  1. وَإِنِّىwa-innīAnd indeed, I
  2. عُذْتُʿudh'tu[I] seek refuge
  3. بِرَبِّىbirabbīwith my Lord
  4. وَرَبِّكُمْwarabbikumand your Lord
  5. أَنanlest
  6. تَرْجُمُونِtarjumūniyou stone me

Verse 21

وَإِن لَّمْ تُؤْمِنُوا۟ لِى فَٱعْتَزِلُونِ

Transliteration wa-in lam tu'minū lī fa-iʿ'tazilūni

English But if you do not believe me, then leave me alone."

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  2. لَّمْlamnot
  3. تُؤْمِنُوا۟tu'minūyou believe
  4. لِىlīme
  5. فَٱعْتَزِلُونِfa-iʿ'tazilūnithen leave me alone

Verse 22

فَدَعَا رَبَّهُۥٓ أَنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ قَوْمٌ مُّجْرِمُونَ

Transliteration fadaʿā rabbahu anna hāulāi qawmun muj'rimūna

English And [finally] he called to his Lord that these were a criminal people.

  1. فَدَعَاfadaʿāSo he called
  2. رَبَّهُۥٓrabbahuhis Lord
  3. أَنَّannaThat
  4. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  5. قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
  6. مُّجْرِمُونَmuj'rimūnacriminals

Verse 23

فَأَسْرِ بِعِبَادِى لَيْلًا إِنَّكُم مُّتَّبَعُونَ

Transliteration fa-asri biʿibādī laylan innakum muttabaʿūna

English [Allāh said], "Then set out with My servants by night. Indeed, you are to be pursued.

  1. فَأَسْرِfa-asriThen "Set out
  2. بِعِبَادِىbiʿibādīwith My slaves
  3. لَيْلًاlaylan(by) night
  4. إِنَّكُمinnakumIndeed, you
  5. مُّتَّبَعُونَmuttabaʿūna(will be) followed

Verse 24

وَٱتْرُكِ ٱلْبَحْرَ رَهْوًا ۖ إِنَّهُمْ جُندٌ مُّغْرَقُونَ

Transliteration wa-ut'ruki l-baḥra rahwan innahum jundun mugh'raqūna

English And leave the sea in stillness. Indeed, they are an army to be drowned."

  1. وَٱتْرُكِwa-ut'rukiAnd leave
  2. ٱلْبَحْرَl-baḥrathe sea
  3. رَهْوًا ۖrahwanat rest
  4. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  5. جُندٌۭjundun(are) an army
  6. مُّغْرَقُونَmugh'raqūna(to be) drowned

Verse 25

كَمْ تَرَكُوا۟ مِن جَنَّـٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ

Transliteration kam tarakū min jannātin waʿuyūnin

English How much they left behind of gardens and springs

  1. كَمْkamHow many
  2. تَرَكُوا۟tarakū(did) they leave
  3. مِنminof
  4. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  5. وَعُيُونٍۢwaʿuyūninand springs

Verse 26

وَزُرُوعٍ وَمَقَامٍ كَرِيمٍ

Transliteration wazurūʿin wamaqāmin karīmin

English And crops and noble sites

  1. وَزُرُوعٍۢwazurūʿinAnd cornfields
  2. وَمَقَامٍۢwamaqāminand places
  3. كَرِيمٍۢkarīminnoble

Verse 27

وَنَعْمَةٍ كَانُوا۟ فِيهَا فَـٰكِهِينَ

Transliteration wanaʿmatin kānū fīhā fākihīna

English And comfort wherein they were amused.

  1. وَنَعْمَةٍۢwanaʿmatinAnd pleasant things
  2. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  3. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  4. فَـٰكِهِينَfākihīnatake delight

Verse 28

كَذَٰلِكَ ۖ وَأَوْرَثْنَـٰهَا قَوْمًا ءَاخَرِينَ

Transliteration kadhālika wa-awrathnāhā qawman ākharīna

English Thus. And We caused to inherit it another people.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَ ۖkadhālikaThus
  2. وَأَوْرَثْنَـٰهَاwa-awrathnāhāAnd We made it (an) inherit(ance)
  3. قَوْمًاqawman(for) a people
  4. ءَاخَرِينَākharīnaanother

Verse 29

فَمَا بَكَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلسَّمَآءُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُنظَرِينَ

Transliteration famā bakat ʿalayhimu l-samāu wal-arḍu wamā kānū munẓarīna

English And the heaven and earth wept not for them, nor were they reprieved.

  1. فَمَاfamāAnd not
  2. بَكَتْbakatwept
  3. عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimufor them
  4. ٱلسَّمَآءُl-samāuthe heaven
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضُwal-arḍuand the earth
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  8. مُنظَرِينَmunẓarīnagiven respite

Verse 30

وَلَقَدْ نَجَّيْنَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ مِنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ٱلْمُهِينِ

Transliteration walaqad najjaynā banī is'rāīla mina l-ʿadhābi l-muhīni

English And We certainly saved the Children of Israel from the humiliating torment -

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. نَجَّيْنَاnajjaynāWe saved
  3. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  4. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel
  5. مِنَminafrom
  6. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābithe punishment
  7. ٱلْمُهِينِl-muhīnithe humiliating

Verse 31

مِن فِرْعَوْنَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ عَالِيًا مِّنَ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ

Transliteration min fir'ʿawna innahu kāna ʿāliyan mina l-mus'rifīna

English From Pharaoh. Indeed, he was a haughty one among the transgressors.

  1. مِنminFrom
  2. فِرْعَوْنَ ۚfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  3. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  4. كَانَkānawas
  5. عَالِيًۭاʿāliyanarrogant
  6. مِّنَminaamong
  7. ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَl-mus'rifīnathe transgressors

Verse 32

وَلَقَدِ ٱخْتَرْنَـٰهُمْ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ عَلَى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration walaqadi ikh'tarnāhum ʿalā ʿil'min ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

English And We certainly chose them by knowledge over [all] the worlds.

  1. وَلَقَدِwalaqadiAnd certainly
  2. ٱخْتَرْنَـٰهُمْikh'tarnāhumWe chose them
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāby
  4. عِلْمٍʿil'minknowledge
  5. عَلَىʿalāover
  6. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 33

وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُم مِّنَ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ مَا فِيهِ بَلَـٰٓؤٌا۟ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration waātaynāhum mina l-āyāti mā fīhi balāon mubīnun

English And We gave them of signs that in which there was a clear trial.

  1. وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمwaātaynāhumAnd We gave them
  2. مِّنَminaof
  3. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
  4. مَاmāthat
  5. فِيهِfīhiin it
  6. بَلَـٰٓؤٌۭا۟balāon(was) a trial
  7. مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear

Verse 34

إِنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ لَيَقُولُونَ

Transliteration inna hāulāi layaqūlūna

English Indeed, these [disbelievers] are saying,

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  3. لَيَقُولُونَlayaqūlūnasurely, they say

Verse 35

إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا مَوْتَتُنَا ٱلْأُولَىٰ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمُنشَرِينَ

Transliteration in hiya illā mawtatunā l-ūlā wamā naḥnu bimunsharīna

English "There is not but our first death, and we will not be resurrected.

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هِىَhiyait
  3. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  4. مَوْتَتُنَاmawtatunāour death
  5. ٱلْأُولَىٰl-ūlāthe first
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  8. بِمُنشَرِينَbimunsharīna(will be) raised again

Verse 36

فَأْتُوا۟ بِـَٔابَآئِنَآ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration fatū biābāinā in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English Then bring [back] our forefathers, if you should be truthful."

  1. فَأْتُوا۟fatūThen bring
  2. بِـَٔابَآئِنَآbiābāināour forefathers
  3. إِنinif
  4. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  5. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 37

أَهُمْ خَيْرٌ أَمْ قَوْمُ تُبَّعٍ وَٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ ۚ أَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ مُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration ahum khayrun am qawmu tubbaʿin wa-alladhīna min qablihim ahlaknāhum innahum kānū muj'rimīna

English Are they better or the people of Tubbaʿ and those before them? We destroyed them, [for] indeed, they were criminals.

  1. أَهُمْahumAre they
  2. خَيْرٌkhayrunbetter
  3. أَمْamor
  4. قَوْمُqawmu(the) people
  5. تُبَّعٍۢtubbaʿin(of) Tubba
  6. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those
  7. مِنminbefore them
  8. قَبْلِهِمْ ۚqablihimbefore them
  9. أَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمْ ۖahlaknāhumWe destroyed them
  10. إِنَّهُمْinnahumindeed, they
  11. كَانُوا۟kānūwere
  12. مُجْرِمِينَmuj'rimīnacriminals

Verse 38

وَمَا خَلَقْنَا ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا لَـٰعِبِينَ

Transliteration wamā khalaqnā l-samāwāti wal-arḍa wamā baynahumā lāʿibīna

English And We did not create the heavens and earth and that between them in play.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnāWe created
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between them
  7. لَـٰعِبِينَlāʿibīna(in) play

Verse 39

مَا خَلَقْنَـٰهُمَآ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration mā khalaqnāhumā illā bil-ḥaqi walākinna aktharahum lā yaʿlamūna

English We did not create them except in truth, but most of them do not know.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. خَلَقْنَـٰهُمَآkhalaqnāhumāWe created both of them
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin [the] truth
  5. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  6. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  7. لَاlā(do) not
  8. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 40

إِنَّ يَوْمَ ٱلْفَصْلِ مِيقَـٰتُهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration inna yawma l-faṣli mīqātuhum ajmaʿīna

English Indeed, the Day of Judgement is the appointed time for them all -

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. يَوْمَyawma(the) Day of Judgment
  3. ٱلْفَصْلِl-faṣli(the) Day of Judgment
  4. مِيقَـٰتُهُمْmīqātuhum(is) an appointed term for them
  5. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 41

يَوْمَ لَا يُغْنِى مَوْلًى عَن مَّوْلًى شَيْـًٔا وَلَا هُمْ يُنصَرُونَ

Transliteration yawma lā yugh'nī mawlan ʿan mawlan shayan walā hum yunṣarūna

English The Day when no relation will avail a relation at all, nor will they be helped -

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. لَاlānot
  3. يُغْنِىyugh'nīwill avail
  4. مَوْلًىmawlana relation
  5. عَنʿanfor
  6. مَّوْلًۭىmawlana relation
  7. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. هُمْhumthey
  10. يُنصَرُونَyunṣarūnawill be helped

Verse 42

إِلَّا مَن رَّحِمَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration illā man raḥima l-lahu innahu huwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English Except those [believers] on whom Allāh has mercy. Indeed, He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنman(on) whom
  3. رَّحِمَraḥimaAllah has mercy
  4. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah has mercy
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  6. هُوَhuwa[He]
  7. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  8. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 43

إِنَّ شَجَرَتَ ٱلزَّقُّومِ

Transliteration inna shajarata l-zaqūmi

English Indeed, the tree of zaqqūm

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. شَجَرَتَshajarata(the) tree
  3. ٱلزَّقُّومِl-zaqūmi(of) Zaqqum

Verse 44

طَعَامُ ٱلْأَثِيمِ

Transliteration ṭaʿāmu l-athīmi

English Is food for the sinful.

  1. طَعَامُṭaʿāmu(Will be) food
  2. ٱلْأَثِيمِl-athīmi(of) the sinner(s)

Verse 45

كَٱلْمُهْلِ يَغْلِى فِى ٱلْبُطُونِ

Transliteration kal-muh'li yaghlī fī l-buṭūni

English Like murky oil, it boils within bellies

  1. كَٱلْمُهْلِkal-muh'liLike the murky oil
  2. يَغْلِىyaghlīit will boil
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْبُطُونِl-buṭūnithe bellies

Verse 46

كَغَلْىِ ٱلْحَمِيمِ

Transliteration kaghalyi l-ḥamīmi

English Like the boiling of scalding water.

  1. كَغَلْىِkaghalyiLike boiling
  2. ٱلْحَمِيمِl-ḥamīmi(of) scalding water

Verse 47

خُذُوهُ فَٱعْتِلُوهُ إِلَىٰ سَوَآءِ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration khudhūhu fa-iʿ'tilūhu ilā sawāi l-jaḥīmi

English [It will be commanded], "Seize him and drag him into the midst of the Hellfire,

  1. خُذُوهُkhudhūhuSeize him
  2. فَٱعْتِلُوهُfa-iʿ'tilūhuand drag him
  3. إِلَىٰilāinto
  4. سَوَآءِsawāi(the) midst
  5. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(of) the Hellfire

Verse 48

ثُمَّ صُبُّوا۟ فَوْقَ رَأْسِهِۦ مِنْ عَذَابِ ٱلْحَمِيمِ

Transliteration thumma ṣubbū fawqa rasihi min ʿadhābi l-ḥamīmi

English Then pour over his head from the torment of scalding water."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. صُبُّوا۟ṣubbūpour
  3. فَوْقَfawqaover
  4. رَأْسِهِۦrasihihis head
  5. مِنْminof
  6. عَذَابِʿadhābi(the) punishment
  7. ٱلْحَمِيمِl-ḥamīmi(of) the scalding water

Verse 49

ذُقْ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْكَرِيمُ

Transliteration dhuq innaka anta l-ʿazīzu l-karīmu

English [It will be said], "Taste! Indeed, you are the honored, the noble!

  1. ذُقْdhuqTaste
  2. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
  3. أَنتَanta[you] (were)
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuthe mighty
  5. ٱلْكَرِيمُl-karīmuthe noble

Verse 50

إِنَّ هَـٰذَا مَا كُنتُم بِهِۦ تَمْتَرُونَ

Transliteration inna hādhā mā kuntum bihi tamtarūna

English Indeed, this is what you used to dispute."

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. مَاmā(is) what
  4. كُنتُمkuntumyou used to
  5. بِهِۦbihi[about it]
  6. تَمْتَرُونَtamtarūnadoubt

Verse 51

إِنَّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ فِى مَقَامٍ أَمِينٍ

Transliteration inna l-mutaqīna fī maqāmin amīnin

English Indeed, the righteous will be in a secure place:

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīnathe righteous
  3. فِىfī(will be) in
  4. مَقَامٍmaqāmina place
  5. أَمِينٍۢamīninsecure

Verse 52

فِى جَنَّـٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ

Transliteration fī jannātin waʿuyūnin

English Within gardens and springs,

  1. فِىfīIn
  2. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  3. وَعُيُونٍۢwaʿuyūninand springs

Verse 53

يَلْبَسُونَ مِن سُندُسٍ وَإِسْتَبْرَقٍ مُّتَقَـٰبِلِينَ

Transliteration yalbasūna min sundusin wa-is'tabraqin mutaqābilīna

English Wearing [garments of] fine silk and brocade, facing each other.

  1. يَلْبَسُونَyalbasūnaWearing garments
  2. مِنminof
  3. سُندُسٍۢsundusinfine silk
  4. وَإِسْتَبْرَقٍۢwa-is'tabraqinand heavy silk
  5. مُّتَقَـٰبِلِينَmutaqābilīnafacing each other

Verse 54

كَذَٰلِكَ وَزَوَّجْنَـٰهُم بِحُورٍ عِينٍ

Transliteration kadhālika wazawwajnāhum biḥūrin ʿīnin

English Thus. And We will marry them to fair women with large, [beautiful] eyes.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. وَزَوَّجْنَـٰهُمwazawwajnāhumAnd We will marry them
  3. بِحُورٍbiḥūrin(to) companions with beautiful eyes
  4. عِينٍۢʿīnin(to) companions with beautiful eyes

Verse 55

يَدْعُونَ فِيهَا بِكُلِّ فَـٰكِهَةٍ ءَامِنِينَ

Transliteration yadʿūna fīhā bikulli fākihatin āminīna

English They will call therein for every [kind of] fruit - safe and secure.

  1. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnaThey will call
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. بِكُلِّbikullifor every (kind)
  4. فَـٰكِهَةٍfākihatin(of) fruit
  5. ءَامِنِينَāminīnasecure

Verse 56

لَا يَذُوقُونَ فِيهَا ٱلْمَوْتَ إِلَّا ٱلْمَوْتَةَ ٱلْأُولَىٰ ۖ وَوَقَىٰهُمْ عَذَابَ ٱلْجَحِيمِ

Transliteration lā yadhūqūna fīhā l-mawta illā l-mawtata l-ūlā wawaqāhum ʿadhāba l-jaḥīmi

English They will not taste death therein except the first death, and He will have protected them from the punishment of Hellfire

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. يَذُوقُونَyadhūqūnathey will taste
  3. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  4. ٱلْمَوْتَl-mawtathe death
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. ٱلْمَوْتَةَl-mawtatathe death
  7. ٱلْأُولَىٰ ۖl-ūlāthe first
  8. وَوَقَىٰهُمْwawaqāhumAnd He will protect them
  9. عَذَابَʿadhāba(from the) punishment
  10. ٱلْجَحِيمِl-jaḥīmi(of) the Hellfire

Verse 57

فَضْلًا مِّن رَّبِّكَ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ

Transliteration faḍlan min rabbika dhālika huwa l-fawzu l-ʿaẓīmu

English As bounty from your Lord. That is what is the great attainment.

  1. فَضْلًۭاfaḍlanA Bounty
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. رَّبِّكَ ۚrabbikayour Lord
  4. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  5. هُوَhuwait
  6. ٱلْفَوْزُl-fawzu(will be) the success
  7. ٱلْعَظِيمُl-ʿaẓīmuthe great

Verse 58

فَإِنَّمَا يَسَّرْنَـٰهُ بِلِسَانِكَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration fa-innamā yassarnāhu bilisānika laʿallahum yatadhakkarūna

English And indeed, We have eased it [i.e., the Qur’ān] in your tongue that they might be reminded.

  1. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāIndeed
  2. يَسَّرْنَـٰهُyassarnāhuWe have made it easy
  3. بِلِسَانِكَbilisānikain your tongue
  4. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  5. يَتَذَكَّرُونَyatadhakkarūnatake heed

Verse 59

فَٱرْتَقِبْ إِنَّهُم مُّرْتَقِبُونَ

Transliteration fa-ir'taqib innahum mur'taqibūna

English So watch, [O Muḥammad]; indeed, they are watching [for your end].

  1. فَٱرْتَقِبْfa-ir'taqibSo watch
  2. إِنَّهُمinnahumindeed, they
  3. مُّرْتَقِبُونَmur'taqibūna(too are) watching

Surah Al-Jathiyah الجاثية verses 1–37

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

حمٓ

Transliteration hha-meem

English Ḥā, Meem.

  1. حمٓhha-meemHa Meem

Verse 2

تَنزِيلُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ

Transliteration tanzīlu l-kitābi mina l-lahi l-ʿazīzi l-ḥakīmi

English The revelation of the Book is from Allāh, the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

  1. تَنزِيلُtanzīlu(The) revelation
  2. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
  3. مِنَmina(is) from
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzithe All-Mighty
  6. ٱلْحَكِيمِl-ḥakīmithe All-Wise

Verse 3

إِنَّ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi laāyātin lil'mu'minīna

English Indeed, within the heavens and earth are signs for the believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātinsurely (are) Signs
  6. لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَlil'mu'minīnafor the believers

Verse 4

وَفِى خَلْقِكُمْ وَمَا يَبُثُّ مِن دَآبَّةٍ ءَايَـٰتٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يُوقِنُونَ

Transliteration wafī khalqikum wamā yabuthu min dābbatin āyātun liqawmin yūqinūna

English And in the creation of yourselves and what He disperses of moving creatures are signs for people who are certain [in faith].

  1. وَفِىwafīAnd in
  2. خَلْقِكُمْkhalqikumyour creation
  3. وَمَاwamāand what
  4. يَبُثُّyabuthuHe disperses
  5. مِنminof
  6. دَآبَّةٍdābbatin(the) moving creatures
  7. ءَايَـٰتٌۭāyātun(are) Signs
  8. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  9. يُوقِنُونَyūqinūnawho are certain

Verse 5

وَٱخْتِلَـٰفِ ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ وَمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مِن رِّزْقٍ فَأَحْيَا بِهِ ٱلْأَرْضَ بَعْدَ مَوْتِهَا وَتَصْرِيفِ ٱلرِّيَـٰحِ ءَايَـٰتٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration wa-ikh'tilāfi al-layli wal-nahāri wamā anzala l-lahu mina l-samāi min riz'qin fa-aḥyā bihi l-arḍa baʿda mawtihā wataṣrīfi l-riyāḥi āyātun liqawmin yaʿqilūna

English And [in] the alternation of night and day and [in] what Allāh sends down from the sky of provision [i.e., rain] and gives life thereby to the earth after its lifelessness and [in His] directing of the winds are signs for a people who reason.

  1. وَٱخْتِلَـٰفِwa-ikh'tilāfiAnd (in the) alternation
  2. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  3. وَٱلنَّهَارِwal-nahāriand the day
  4. وَمَآwamāand what
  5. أَنزَلَanzalaAllah sends down
  6. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah sends down
  7. مِنَminafrom
  8. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  9. مِنminof
  10. رِّزْقٍۢriz'qin(the) provision
  11. فَأَحْيَاfa-aḥyāand gives life
  12. بِهِbihithereby
  13. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍa(to) the earth
  14. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  15. مَوْتِهَاmawtihāits death
  16. وَتَصْرِيفِwataṣrīfiand (in) directing
  17. ٱلرِّيَـٰحِl-riyāḥi(the) winds
  18. ءَايَـٰتٌۭāyātun(are) Signs
  19. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  20. يَعْقِلُونَyaʿqilūnawho reason

Verse 6

تِلْكَ ءَايَـٰتُ ٱللَّهِ نَتْلُوهَا عَلَيْكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ فَبِأَىِّ حَدِيثٍۭ بَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ وَءَايَـٰتِهِۦ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration til'ka āyātu l-lahi natlūhā ʿalayka bil-ḥaqi fabi-ayyi ḥadīthin baʿda l-lahi waāyātihi yu'minūna

English These are the verses of Allāh which We recite to you in truth. Then in what statement after Allāh and His verses will they believe?

  1. تِلْكَtil'kaThese
  2. ءَايَـٰتُāyātu(are the) Verses
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. نَتْلُوهَاnatlūhāWe recite them
  5. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  6. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiin truth
  7. فَبِأَىِّfabi-ayyiThen in what
  8. حَدِيثٍۭḥadīthinstatement
  9. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  10. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  11. وَءَايَـٰتِهِۦwaāyātihiand His Verses
  12. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawill they believe

Verse 7

وَيْلٌ لِّكُلِّ أَفَّاكٍ أَثِيمٍ

Transliteration waylun likulli affākin athīmin

English Woe to every sinful liar

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. لِّكُلِّlikullito every
  3. أَفَّاكٍaffākinliar
  4. أَثِيمٍۢathīminsinful

Verse 8

يَسْمَعُ ءَايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِ ثُمَّ يُصِرُّ مُسْتَكْبِرًا كَأَن لَّمْ يَسْمَعْهَا ۖ فَبَشِّرْهُ بِعَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ

Transliteration yasmaʿu āyāti l-lahi tut'lā ʿalayhi thumma yuṣirru mus'takbiran ka-an lam yasmaʿhā fabashir'hu biʿadhābin alīmin

English Who hears the verses of Allāh recited to him, then persists arrogantly as if he had not heard them. So give him tidings of a painful punishment.

  1. يَسْمَعُyasmaʿuWho hears
  2. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Verses
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. تُتْلَىٰtut'lārecited
  5. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  6. ثُمَّthummathen
  7. يُصِرُّyuṣirrupersists
  8. مُسْتَكْبِرًۭاmus'takbiranarrogantly
  9. كَأَنka-anas if
  10. لَّمْlamnot
  11. يَسْمَعْهَا ۖyasmaʿhāhe heard them
  12. فَبَشِّرْهُfabashir'huSo give him tidings
  13. بِعَذَابٍbiʿadhābin(of) a punishment
  14. أَلِيمٍۢalīminpainful

Verse 9

وَإِذَا عَلِمَ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِنَا شَيْـًٔا ٱتَّخَذَهَا هُزُوًا ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ مُّهِينٌ

Transliteration wa-idhā ʿalima min āyātinā shayan ittakhadhahā huzuwan ulāika lahum ʿadhābun muhīnun

English And when he knows anything of Our verses, he takes them in ridicule. Those will have a humiliating punishment.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. عَلِمَʿalimahe knows
  3. مِنْminof
  4. ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Verses
  5. شَيْـًٔاshayananything
  6. ٱتَّخَذَهَاittakhadhahāhe takes them
  7. هُزُوًا ۚhuzuwan(in) ridicule
  8. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  9. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  10. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  11. مُّهِينٌۭmuhīnunhumiliating

Verse 10

مِّن وَرَآئِهِمْ جَهَنَّمُ ۖ وَلَا يُغْنِى عَنْهُم مَّا كَسَبُوا۟ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا مَا ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration min warāihim jahannamu walā yugh'nī ʿanhum mā kasabū shayan walā mā ittakhadhū min dūni l-lahi awliyāa walahum ʿadhābun ʿaẓīmun

English Before them is Hell, and what they had earned will not avail them at all nor what they had taken besides Allāh as allies. And they will have a great punishment.

  1. مِّنminBefore them
  2. وَرَآئِهِمْwarāihimBefore them
  3. جَهَنَّمُ ۖjahannamu(is) Hell
  4. وَلَاwalāand not
  5. يُغْنِىyugh'nīwill avail
  6. عَنْهُمʿanhumthem
  7. مَّاmāwhat
  8. كَسَبُوا۟kasabūthey had earned
  9. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūthey had taken
  13. مِنminbesides
  14. دُونِdūnibesides
  15. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  16. أَوْلِيَآءَ ۖawliyāa(as) protectors
  17. وَلَهُمْwalahumAnd for them
  18. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  19. عَظِيمٌʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 11

هَـٰذَا هُدًى ۖ وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ مِّن رِّجْزٍ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration hādhā hudan wa-alladhīna kafarū biāyāti rabbihim lahum ʿadhābun min rij'zin alīmun

English This [Qur’ān] is guidance. And those who have disbelieved in the verses of their Lord will have a painful punishment of foul nature.

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. هُدًۭى ۖhudan(is) guidance
  3. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  5. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiin (the) Verses
  6. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  7. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  8. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  9. مِّنminof
  10. رِّجْزٍrij'zinfilth
  11. أَلِيمٌalīmunpainful

Verse 12

۞ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى سَخَّرَ لَكُمُ ٱلْبَحْرَ لِتَجْرِىَ ٱلْفُلْكُ فِيهِ بِأَمْرِهِۦ وَلِتَبْتَغُوا۟ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration al-lahu alladhī sakhara lakumu l-baḥra litajriya l-ful'ku fīhi bi-amrihi walitabtaghū min faḍlihi walaʿallakum tashkurūna

English It is Allāh who subjected to you the sea so that ships may sail upon it by His command and that you may seek of His bounty; and perhaps you will be grateful.

  1. ۞ ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. سَخَّرَsakharasubjected
  4. لَكُمُlakumuto you
  5. ٱلْبَحْرَl-baḥrathe sea
  6. لِتَجْرِىَlitajriyathat may sail
  7. ٱلْفُلْكُl-ful'kuthe ships
  8. فِيهِfīhitherein
  9. بِأَمْرِهِۦbi-amrihiby His Command
  10. وَلِتَبْتَغُوا۟walitabtaghūand that you may seek
  11. مِنminof
  12. فَضْلِهِۦfaḍlihiHis Bounty
  13. وَلَعَلَّكُمْwalaʿallakumand that you may
  14. تَشْكُرُونَtashkurūnagive thanks

Verse 13

وَسَخَّرَ لَكُم مَّا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًا مِّنْهُ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ لِّقَوْمٍ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration wasakhara lakum mā fī l-samāwāti wamā fī l-arḍi jamīʿan min'hu inna fī dhālika laāyātin liqawmin yatafakkarūna

English And He has subjected to you whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth - all from Him. Indeed in that are signs for a people who give thought.

  1. وَسَخَّرَwasakharaAnd He has subjected
  2. لَكُمlakumto you
  3. مَّاmāwhatever
  4. فِىfī(is) in
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  6. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  7. فِىfī(is) in
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  10. مِّنْهُ ۚmin'hufrom Him
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  14. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātinsurely are Signs
  15. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  16. يَتَفَكَّرُونَyatafakkarūnawho give thought

Verse 14

قُل لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ يَغْفِرُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ لَا يَرْجُونَ أَيَّامَ ٱللَّهِ لِيَجْزِىَ قَوْمًۢا بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ

Transliteration qul lilladhīna āmanū yaghfirū lilladhīna lā yarjūna ayyāma l-lahi liyajziya qawman bimā kānū yaksibūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], to those who have believed that they [should] forgive those who expect not the days of Allāh [i.e., of His retribution] so that He may recompense a people for what they used to earn.

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. يَغْفِرُوا۟yaghfirū(to) forgive
  5. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnathose who
  6. لَاlā(do) not
  7. يَرْجُونَyarjūnahope
  8. أَيَّامَayyāma(for the) days
  9. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  10. لِيَجْزِىَliyajziyathat He may recompense
  11. قَوْمًۢاqawmana people
  12. بِمَاbimāfor what
  13. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  14. يَكْسِبُونَyaksibūnaearn

Verse 15

مَنْ عَمِلَ صَـٰلِحًا فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَنْ أَسَآءَ فَعَلَيْهَا ۖ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُمْ تُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration man ʿamila ṣāliḥan falinafsihi waman asāa faʿalayhā thumma ilā rabbikum tur'jaʿūna

English Whoever does a good deed - it is for himself; and whoever does evil - it is against it [i.e., the self or soul]. Then to your Lord you will be returned.

  1. مَنْmanWhoever
  2. عَمِلَʿamiladoes
  3. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥana righteous deed
  4. فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖfalinafsihithen it is for his soul
  5. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  6. أَسَآءَasāadoes evil
  7. فَعَلَيْهَا ۖfaʿalayhāthen it (is) against it
  8. ثُمَّthummaThen
  9. إِلَىٰilāto
  10. رَبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
  11. تُرْجَعُونَtur'jaʿūnayou will be returned

Verse 16

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ وَرَزَقْنَـٰهُم مِّنَ ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ وَفَضَّلْنَـٰهُمْ عَلَى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration walaqad ātaynā banī is'rāīla l-kitāba wal-ḥuk'ma wal-nubuwata warazaqnāhum mina l-ṭayibāti wafaḍḍalnāhum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

English And We did certainly give the Children of Israel the Scripture and judgement and prophethood, and We provided them with good things and preferred them over the worlds.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe gave
  3. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  4. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel
  5. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  6. وَٱلْحُكْمَwal-ḥuk'maand the wisdom
  7. وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَwal-nubuwataand the Prophethood
  8. وَرَزَقْنَـٰهُمwarazaqnāhumand We provided them
  9. مِّنَminaof
  10. ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِl-ṭayibātithe good things
  11. وَفَضَّلْنَـٰهُمْwafaḍḍalnāhumand We preferred them
  12. عَلَىʿalāover
  13. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 17

وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُم بَيِّنَـٰتٍ مِّنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ ۖ فَمَا ٱخْتَلَفُوٓا۟ إِلَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْعِلْمُ بَغْيًۢا بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ يَقْضِى بَيْنَهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ فِيمَا كَانُوا۟ فِيهِ يَخْتَلِفُونَ

Transliteration waātaynāhum bayyinātin mina l-amri famā ikh'talafū illā min baʿdi mā jāahumu l-ʿil'mu baghyan baynahum inna rabbaka yaqḍī baynahum yawma l-qiyāmati fīmā kānū fīhi yakhtalifūna

English And We gave them clear proofs of the matter [of religion]. And they did not differ except after knowledge had come to them - out of jealous animosity between themselves. Indeed, your Lord will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection concerning that over which they used to differ.

  1. وَءَاتَيْنَـٰهُمwaātaynāhumAnd We gave them
  2. بَيِّنَـٰتٍۢbayyinātinclear proofs
  3. مِّنَminaof
  4. ٱلْأَمْرِ ۖl-amrithe matter
  5. فَمَاfamāAnd not
  6. ٱخْتَلَفُوٓا۟ikh'talafūthey differed
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. مِنۢminafter
  9. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  10. مَاmā[what]
  11. جَآءَهُمُjāahumucame to them
  12. ٱلْعِلْمُl-ʿil'muthe knowledge
  13. بَغْيًۢاbaghyan(out of) envy
  14. بَيْنَهُمْ ۚbaynahumbetween themselves
  15. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  16. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  17. يَقْضِىyaqḍīwill judge
  18. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumbetween them
  19. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  20. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  21. فِيمَاfīmāabout what
  22. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
  23. فِيهِfīhitherein
  24. يَخْتَلِفُونَyakhtalifūnadiffer

Verse 18

ثُمَّ جَعَلْنَـٰكَ عَلَىٰ شَرِيعَةٍ مِّنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ فَٱتَّبِعْهَا وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration thumma jaʿalnāka ʿalā sharīʿatin mina l-amri fa-ittabiʿ'hā walā tattabiʿ ahwāa alladhīna lā yaʿlamūna

English Then We put you, [O Muḥammad], on an ordained way concerning the matter [of religion]; so follow it and do not follow the inclinations of those who do not know.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. جَعَلْنَـٰكَjaʿalnākaWe put you
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. شَرِيعَةٍۢsharīʿatinan ordained way
  5. مِّنَminaof
  6. ٱلْأَمْرِl-amrithe matter
  7. فَٱتَّبِعْهَاfa-ittabiʿ'hāso follow it
  8. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  9. تَتَّبِعْtattabiʿfollow
  10. أَهْوَآءَahwāa(the) desires
  11. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  12. لَاlā(do) not
  13. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 19

إِنَّهُمْ لَن يُغْنُوا۟ عَنكَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا ۚ وَإِنَّ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ بَعْضُهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءُ بَعْضٍ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ وَلِىُّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration innahum lan yugh'nū ʿanka mina l-lahi shayan wa-inna l-ẓālimīna baʿḍuhum awliyāu baʿḍin wal-lahu waliyyu l-mutaqīna

English Indeed, they will never avail you against Allāh at all. And indeed, the wrongdoers are allies of one another; but Allāh is the protector of the righteous.

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  2. لَنlannever
  3. يُغْنُوا۟yugh'nūwill avail
  4. عَنكَʿankayou
  5. مِنَminaagainst
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. شَيْـًۭٔا ۚshayan(in) anything
  8. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  9. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  10. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  11. أَوْلِيَآءُawliyāu(are) allies
  12. بَعْضٍۢ ۖbaʿḍin(of) others
  13. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
  14. وَلِىُّwaliyyu(is the) Protector
  15. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīna(of) the righteous

Verse 20

هَـٰذَا بَصَـٰٓئِرُ لِلنَّاسِ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يُوقِنُونَ

Transliteration hādhā baṣāiru lilnnāsi wahudan waraḥmatun liqawmin yūqinūna

English This [Qur’ān] is enlightenment for mankind and guidance and mercy for a people who are certain [in faith].

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. بَصَـٰٓئِرُbaṣāiru(is) enlightenment
  3. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor mankind
  4. وَهُدًۭىwahudanand guidance
  5. وَرَحْمَةٌۭwaraḥmatunand mercy
  6. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  7. يُوقِنُونَyūqinūnawho are certain

Verse 21

أَمْ حَسِبَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱجْتَرَحُوا۟ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ أَن نَّجْعَلَهُمْ كَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ سَوَآءً مَّحْيَاهُمْ وَمَمَاتُهُمْ ۚ سَآءَ مَا يَحْكُمُونَ

Transliteration am ḥasiba alladhīna ij'taraḥū l-sayiāti an najʿalahum ka-alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti sawāan maḥyāhum wamamātuhum sāa mā yaḥkumūna

English Or do those who commit evils think We will make them like those who have believed and done righteous deeds - [make them] equal in their life and their death? Evil is that which they judge [i.e., assume].

  1. أَمْamDo
  2. حَسِبَḥasibathink
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. ٱجْتَرَحُوا۟ij'taraḥūcommit
  5. ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِl-sayiātievil deeds
  6. أَنanthat
  7. نَّجْعَلَهُمْnajʿalahumWe will make them
  8. كَٱلَّذِينَka-alladhīnalike those who
  9. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  10. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand did
  11. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  12. سَوَآءًۭsawāanequal
  13. مَّحْيَاهُمْmaḥyāhum(in) their life
  14. وَمَمَاتُهُمْ ۚwamamātuhumand their death
  15. سَآءَsāaEvil is
  16. مَاmāwhat
  17. يَحْكُمُونَyaḥkumūnathey judge

Verse 22

وَخَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلِتُجْزَىٰ كُلُّ نَفْسٍۭ بِمَا كَسَبَتْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wakhalaqa l-lahu l-samāwāti wal-arḍa bil-ḥaqi walituj'zā kullu nafsin bimā kasabat wahum lā yuẓ'lamūna

English And Allāh created the heavens and earth in truth and so that every soul may be recompensed for what it has earned, and they will not be wronged.

  1. وَخَلَقَwakhalaqaAnd Allah created
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAnd Allah created
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  5. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  6. وَلِتُجْزَىٰwalituj'zāand that may be recompensed
  7. كُلُّkulluevery
  8. نَفْسٍۭnafsinsoul
  9. بِمَاbimāfor what
  10. كَسَبَتْkasabatit has earned
  11. وَهُمْwahumand they
  12. لَاlāwill not be wronged
  13. يُظْلَمُونَyuẓ'lamūnawill not be wronged

Verse 23

أَفَرَءَيْتَ مَنِ ٱتَّخَذَ إِلَـٰهَهُۥ هَوَىٰهُ وَأَضَلَّهُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ وَخَتَمَ عَلَىٰ سَمْعِهِۦ وَقَلْبِهِۦ وَجَعَلَ عَلَىٰ بَصَرِهِۦ غِشَـٰوَةً فَمَن يَهْدِيهِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ أَفَلَا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration afara-ayta mani ittakhadha ilāhahu hawāhu wa-aḍallahu l-lahu ʿalā ʿil'min wakhatama ʿalā samʿihi waqalbihi wajaʿala ʿalā baṣarihi ghishāwatan faman yahdīhi min baʿdi l-lahi afalā tadhakkarūna

English Have you seen he who has taken as his god his [own] desire, and Allāh has sent him astray due to knowledge and has set a seal upon his hearing and his heart and put over his vision a veil? So who will guide him after Allāh? Then will you not be reminded?

  1. أَفَرَءَيْتَafara-aytaHave you seen
  2. مَنِmani(he) who
  3. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhatakes
  4. إِلَـٰهَهُۥilāhahu(as) his god
  5. هَوَىٰهُhawāhuhis desire
  6. وَأَضَلَّهُwa-aḍallahuand Allah lets him go astray
  7. ٱللَّهُl-lahuand Allah lets him go astray
  8. عَلَىٰʿalāknowingly
  9. عِلْمٍۢʿil'minknowingly
  10. وَخَتَمَwakhatamaand He sets a seal
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  12. سَمْعِهِۦsamʿihihis hearing
  13. وَقَلْبِهِۦwaqalbihiand his heart
  14. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand puts
  15. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  16. بَصَرِهِۦbaṣarihihis vision
  17. غِشَـٰوَةًۭghishāwatana veil
  18. فَمَنfamanThen who
  19. يَهْدِيهِyahdīhiwill guide him
  20. مِنۢminafter
  21. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  22. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  23. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  24. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou receive admonition

Verse 24

وَقَالُوا۟ مَا هِىَ إِلَّا حَيَاتُنَا ٱلدُّنْيَا نَمُوتُ وَنَحْيَا وَمَا يُهْلِكُنَآ إِلَّا ٱلدَّهْرُ ۚ وَمَا لَهُم بِذَٰلِكَ مِنْ عِلْمٍ ۖ إِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَظُنُّونَ

Transliteration waqālū mā hiya illā ḥayātunā l-dun'yā namūtu wanaḥyā wamā yuh'likunā illā l-dahru wamā lahum bidhālika min ʿil'min in hum illā yaẓunnūna

English And they say, "There is not but our worldly life; we die and live, and nothing destroys us except time." And they have of that no knowledge; they are only assuming.

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. مَاmāNot
  3. هِىَhiyait
  4. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  5. حَيَاتُنَاḥayātunāour life
  6. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  7. نَمُوتُnamūtuwe die
  8. وَنَحْيَاwanaḥyāand we live
  9. وَمَاwamāand not
  10. يُهْلِكُنَآyuh'likunādestroys us
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. ٱلدَّهْرُ ۚl-dahruthe time
  13. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  14. لَهُمlahumfor them
  15. بِذَٰلِكَbidhālikaof that
  16. مِنْminany
  17. عِلْمٍ ۖʿil'minknowledge
  18. إِنْinnot
  19. هُمْhumthey
  20. إِلَّاillā(do) but
  21. يَظُنُّونَyaẓunnūnaguess

Verse 25

وَإِذَا تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَـٰتُنَا بَيِّنَـٰتٍ مَّا كَانَ حُجَّتَهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ ٱئْتُوا۟ بِـَٔابَآئِنَآ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā tut'lā ʿalayhim āyātunā bayyinātin mā kāna ḥujjatahum illā an qālū i'tū biābāinā in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English And when Our verses are recited to them as clear evidences, their argument is only that they say, "Bring [back] our forefathers, if you should be truthful."

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. تُتْلَىٰtut'lāare recited
  3. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  4. ءَايَـٰتُنَاāyātunāOur Verses
  5. بَيِّنَـٰتٍۢbayyinātinclear
  6. مَّاmānot
  7. كَانَkānais
  8. حُجَّتَهُمْḥujjatahumtheir argument
  9. إِلَّآillāexcept
  10. أَنanthat
  11. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  12. ٱئْتُوا۟i'tūBring
  13. بِـَٔابَآئِنَآbiābāināour forefathers
  14. إِنinif
  15. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  16. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 26

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُحْيِيكُمْ ثُمَّ يُمِيتُكُمْ ثُمَّ يَجْمَعُكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration quli l-lahu yuḥ'yīkum thumma yumītukum thumma yajmaʿukum ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati lā rayba fīhi walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yaʿlamūna

English Say, "Allāh causes you to live, then causes you to die; then He will assemble you for the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt, but most of the people do not know."

  1. قُلِquliSay
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. يُحْيِيكُمْyuḥ'yīkumgives you life
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. يُمِيتُكُمْyumītukumcauses you to die
  6. ثُمَّthummathen
  7. يَجْمَعُكُمْyajmaʿukumHe will gather you
  8. إِلَىٰilāto
  9. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  10. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  11. لَاlāno
  12. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  13. فِيهِfīhiabout it
  14. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnaBut
  15. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  16. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  17. لَاlā(do) not
  18. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 27

وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَيَوْمَ تَقُومُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ يَوْمَئِذٍ يَخْسَرُ ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَ

Transliteration walillahi mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wayawma taqūmu l-sāʿatu yawma-idhin yakhsaru l-mub'ṭilūna

English And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth. And the Day the Hour appears - that Day the falsifiers will lose.

  1. وَلِلَّهِwalillahiAnd for Allah
  2. مُلْكُmul'ku(is the) dominion
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (the) Day
  6. تَقُومُtaqūmuis established
  7. ٱلسَّاعَةُl-sāʿatuthe Hour
  8. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  9. يَخْسَرُyakhsaruwill lose
  10. ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَl-mub'ṭilūnathe falsifiers

Verse 28

وَتَرَىٰ كُلَّ أُمَّةٍ جَاثِيَةً ۚ كُلُّ أُمَّةٍ تُدْعَىٰٓ إِلَىٰ كِتَـٰبِهَا ٱلْيَوْمَ تُجْزَوْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration watarā kulla ummatin jāthiyatan kullu ummatin tud'ʿā ilā kitābihā l-yawma tuj'zawna mā kuntum taʿmalūna

English And you will see every nation kneeling [from fear]. Every nation will be called to its record [and told], "Today you will be recompensed for what you used to do.

  1. وَتَرَىٰwatarāAnd you will see
  2. كُلَّkullaevery
  3. أُمَّةٍۢummatinnation
  4. جَاثِيَةًۭ ۚjāthiyatankneeling
  5. كُلُّkulluEvery
  6. أُمَّةٍۢummatinnation
  7. تُدْعَىٰٓtud'ʿāwill be called
  8. إِلَىٰilāto
  9. كِتَـٰبِهَاkitābihāits record
  10. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmaToday
  11. تُجْزَوْنَtuj'zawnayou will be recompensed
  12. مَاmā(for) what
  13. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  14. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 29

هَـٰذَا كِتَـٰبُنَا يَنطِقُ عَلَيْكُم بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ إِنَّا كُنَّا نَسْتَنسِخُ مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration hādhā kitābunā yanṭiqu ʿalaykum bil-ḥaqi innā kunnā nastansikhu mā kuntum taʿmalūna

English This, Our record, speaks about you in truth. Indeed, We were having transcribed whatever you used to do."

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. كِتَـٰبُنَاkitābunāOur Record
  3. يَنطِقُyanṭiquspeaks
  4. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumabout you
  5. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚbil-ḥaqiin truth
  6. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  7. كُنَّاkunnā[We] used to
  8. نَسْتَنسِخُnastansikhutranscribe
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  11. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 30

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ فَيُدْخِلُهُمْ رَبُّهُمْ فِى رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration fa-ammā alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti fayud'khiluhum rabbuhum fī raḥmatihi dhālika huwa l-fawzu l-mubīnu

English So as for those who believed and did righteous deeds, their Lord will admit them into His mercy. That is what is the clear attainment.

  1. فَأَمَّاfa-ammāThen as for
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand did
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥāti[the] righteous deeds
  6. فَيُدْخِلُهُمْfayud'khiluhumwill admit them
  7. رَبُّهُمْrabbuhumtheir Lord
  8. فِىfīin(to)
  9. رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚraḥmatihiHis mercy
  10. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  11. هُوَhuwa[it]
  12. ٱلْفَوْزُl-fawzu(is) the success
  13. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnuclear

Verse 31

وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَفَلَمْ تَكُنْ ءَايَـٰتِى تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ فَٱسْتَكْبَرْتُمْ وَكُنتُمْ قَوْمًا مُّجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-ammā alladhīna kafarū afalam takun āyātī tut'lā ʿalaykum fa-is'takbartum wakuntum qawman muj'rimīna

English But as for those who disbelieved, [it will be said], "Were not Our verses recited to you, but you were arrogant and became a criminal people?

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāBut as for
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  4. أَفَلَمْafalamThen were not
  5. تَكُنْtakunThen were not
  6. ءَايَـٰتِىāyātīMy Verses
  7. تُتْلَىٰtut'lārecited
  8. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  9. فَٱسْتَكْبَرْتُمْfa-is'takbartumbut you were proud
  10. وَكُنتُمْwakuntumand you became
  11. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  12. مُّجْرِمِينَmuj'rimīnacriminals

Verse 32

وَإِذَا قِيلَ إِنَّ وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ حَقٌّ وَٱلسَّاعَةُ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهَا قُلْتُم مَّا نَدْرِى مَا ٱلسَّاعَةُ إِن نَّظُنُّ إِلَّا ظَنًّا وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمُسْتَيْقِنِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā qīla inna waʿda l-lahi ḥaqqun wal-sāʿatu lā rayba fīhā qul'tum mā nadrī mā l-sāʿatu in naẓunnu illā ẓannan wamā naḥnu bimus'tayqinīna

English And when it was said, 'Indeed, the promise of Allāh is truth and the Hour [is coming] - no doubt about it,' you said, 'We know not what is the Hour. We assume only assumption, and we are not convinced.'"

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait was said
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. وَعْدَwaʿda(the) Promise
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. حَقٌّۭḥaqqun(is) true
  7. وَٱلسَّاعَةُwal-sāʿatuand the Hour
  8. لَاlā(there is) no
  9. رَيْبَraybadoubt
  10. فِيهَاfīhāabout it
  11. قُلْتُمqul'tumyou said
  12. مَّاmāNot
  13. نَدْرِىnadrīwe know
  14. مَاmāwhat
  15. ٱلسَّاعَةُl-sāʿatuthe Hour (is)
  16. إِنinNot
  17. نَّظُنُّnaẓunnuwe think
  18. إِلَّاillāexcept
  19. ظَنًّۭاẓannanan assumption
  20. وَمَاwamāand not
  21. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  22. بِمُسْتَيْقِنِينَbimus'tayqinīna(are) convinced

Verse 33

وَبَدَا لَهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتُ مَا عَمِلُوا۟ وَحَاقَ بِهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration wabadā lahum sayyiātu mā ʿamilū waḥāqa bihim mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English And the evil consequences of what they did will appear to them, and they will be enveloped by what they used to ridicule.

  1. وَبَدَاwabadāAnd (will) appear
  2. لَهُمْlahumto them
  3. سَيِّـَٔاتُsayyiātu(the) evil
  4. مَاmā(of) what
  5. عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūthey did
  6. وَحَاقَwaḥāqaand (will) envelop
  7. بِهِمbihimthem
  8. مَّاmāwhat
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used
  10. بِهِۦbihi[at it]
  11. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūna(to) mock

Verse 34

وَقِيلَ ٱلْيَوْمَ نَنسَىٰكُمْ كَمَا نَسِيتُمْ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِكُمْ هَـٰذَا وَمَأْوَىٰكُمُ ٱلنَّارُ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن نَّـٰصِرِينَ

Transliteration waqīla l-yawma nansākum kamā nasītum liqāa yawmikum hādhā wamawākumu l-nāru wamā lakum min nāṣirīna

English And it will be said, "Today We will forget you as you forgot the meeting of this Day of yours, and your refuge is the Fire, and for you there are no helpers.

  1. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it will be said
  2. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmaToday
  3. نَنسَىٰكُمْnansākumWe forget you
  4. كَمَاkamāas
  5. نَسِيتُمْnasītumyou forgot
  6. لِقَآءَliqāa(the) meeting
  7. يَوْمِكُمْyawmikum(of) this Day of yours
  8. هَـٰذَاhādhā(of) this Day of yours
  9. وَمَأْوَىٰكُمُwamawākumuand your abode
  10. ٱلنَّارُl-nāru(is) the Fire
  11. وَمَاwamāand not
  12. لَكُمlakumfor you
  13. مِّنminany
  14. نَّـٰصِرِينَnāṣirīnahelpers

Verse 35

ذَٰلِكُم بِأَنَّكُمُ ٱتَّخَذْتُمْ ءَايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ هُزُوًا وَغَرَّتْكُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ فَٱلْيَوْمَ لَا يُخْرَجُونَ مِنْهَا وَلَا هُمْ يُسْتَعْتَبُونَ

Transliteration dhālikum bi-annakumu ittakhadhtum āyāti l-lahi huzuwan wagharratkumu l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā fal-yawma lā yukh'rajūna min'hā walā hum yus'taʿtabūna

English That is because you took the verses of Allāh in ridicule, and worldly life deluded you." So that Day they will not be removed from it, nor will they be asked to appease [Allāh].

  1. ذَٰلِكُمdhālikumThat
  2. بِأَنَّكُمُbi-annakumu(is) because you
  3. ٱتَّخَذْتُمْittakhadhtumtook
  4. ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Verses
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. هُزُوًۭاhuzuwan(in) ridicule
  7. وَغَرَّتْكُمُwagharratkumuand deceived you
  8. ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatuthe life
  9. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  10. فَٱلْيَوْمَfal-yawmaSo this Day
  11. لَاlānot
  12. يُخْرَجُونَyukh'rajūnathey will be brought forth
  13. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  14. وَلَاwalāand not
  15. هُمْhumthey
  16. يُسْتَعْتَبُونَyus'taʿtabūnawill be asked to appease

Verse 36

فَلِلَّهِ ٱلْحَمْدُ رَبِّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَرَبِّ ٱلْأَرْضِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration falillahi l-ḥamdu rabbi l-samāwāti warabbi l-arḍi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English Then, to Allāh belongs [all] praise - Lord of the heavens and Lord of the earth, Lord of the worlds.

  1. فَلِلَّهِfalillahiThen for Allah
  2. ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamdu(is) all the praise
  3. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  5. وَرَبِّwarabbiand (the) Lord
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the earth
  7. رَبِّrabbi(the) lord
  8. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 37

وَلَهُ ٱلْكِبْرِيَآءُ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Transliteration walahu l-kib'riyāu fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

English And to Him belongs [all] grandeur within the heavens and the earth, and He is the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

  1. وَلَهُwalahuAnd for Him
  2. ٱلْكِبْرِيَآءُl-kib'riyāu(is) the greatness
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  6. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  7. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  8. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmuthe All-Wise

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.